--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: accel.cpp
+// Purpose: wxAcceleratorTable
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "accel.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+#include "wx/accel.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARIES
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable, wxObject)
+#endif
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorRefData: public wxObjectRefData
+{
+ friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorTable;
+public:
+ wxAcceleratorRefData();
+ ~wxAcceleratorRefData();
+
+/* TODO: implementation
+ inline HACCEL GetHACCEL() const { return m_hAccel; }
+protected:
+ HACCEL m_hAccel;
+*/
+};
+
+#define M_ACCELDATA ((wxAcceleratorRefData *)m_refData)
+
+wxAcceleratorRefData::wxAcceleratorRefData()
+{
+ // TODO
+/*
+ HACCEL m_hAccel;
+*/
+}
+
+wxAcceleratorRefData::~wxAcceleratorRefData()
+{
+/*
+ if (m_hAccel)
+ {
+ DestroyAcceleratorTable((HACCEL) m_hAccel);
+ }
+ m_hAccel = 0 ;
+*/
+}
+
+wxAcceleratorTable::wxAcceleratorTable()
+{
+ m_refData = NULL;
+}
+
+wxAcceleratorTable::~wxAcceleratorTable()
+{
+}
+
+// Load from .rc resource
+wxAcceleratorTable::wxAcceleratorTable(const wxString& resource)
+{
+ m_refData = new wxAcceleratorRefData;
+
+/* TODO: load acelerator from resource, if appropriate for your platform
+ M_ACCELDATA->m_hAccel = hAccel;
+ M_ACCELDATA->m_ok = (hAccel != 0);
+*/
+}
+
+// Create from an array
+wxAcceleratorTable::wxAcceleratorTable(int n, wxAcceleratorEntry entries[])
+{
+ m_refData = new wxAcceleratorRefData;
+
+/* TODO: create table from entries
+ */
+}
+
+bool wxAcceleratorTable::Ok() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: app.cpp
+// Purpose: wxApp
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "app.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/frame.h"
+#include "wx/app.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
+#include "wx/pen.h"
+#include "wx/brush.h"
+#include "wx/cursor.h"
+#include "wx/icon.h"
+#include "wx/palette.h"
+#include "wx/dc.h"
+#include "wx/dialog.h"
+#include "wx/msgdlg.h"
+#include "wx/log.h"
+#include "wx/module.h"
+#include "wx/memory.h"
+
+#if USE_WX_RESOURCES
+#include "wx/resource.h"
+#endif
+
+#if USE_POSTSCRIPT
+#include "wx/postscrp.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <Xm/Xm.h>
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <X11/Xutil.h>
+#include <X11/Xresource.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+
+#include "wx/motif/private.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+extern char *wxBuffer;
+extern wxList wxPendingDelete;
+
+wxApp *wxTheApp = NULL;
+
+wxHashTable *wxWidgetHashTable = NULL;
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp, wxEvtHandler)
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxApp, wxEvtHandler)
+ EVT_IDLE(wxApp::OnIdle)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+#endif
+
+long wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime = 0;
+
+bool wxApp::Initialize()
+{
+#ifdef __WXMSW__
+ wxBuffer = new char[1500];
+#else
+ wxBuffer = new char[BUFSIZ + 512];
+#endif
+
+#if (WXDEBUG && USE_MEMORY_TRACING) || USE_DEBUG_CONTEXT
+
+ streambuf* sBuf = new wxDebugStreamBuf;
+ ostream* oStr = new ostream(sBuf) ;
+ wxDebugContext::SetStream(oStr, sBuf);
+
+#endif
+
+ wxClassInfo::InitializeClasses();
+
+ wxTheColourDatabase = new wxColourDatabase(wxKEY_STRING);
+ wxTheColourDatabase->Initialize();
+ wxInitializeStockObjects();
+
+#if USE_WX_RESOURCES
+ wxInitializeResourceSystem();
+#endif
+
+ // For PostScript printing
+#if USE_POSTSCRIPT
+ wxInitializePrintSetupData();
+ wxThePrintPaperDatabase = new wxPrintPaperDatabase;
+ wxThePrintPaperDatabase->CreateDatabase();
+#endif
+
+ wxBitmap::InitStandardHandlers();
+
+ wxWidgetHashTable = new wxHashTable(wxKEY_INTEGER);
+
+ wxModule::RegisterModules();
+ wxASSERT( wxModule::InitializeModules() == TRUE );
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void wxApp::CleanUp()
+{
+ delete wxWidgetHashTable;
+ wxWidgetHashTable = NULL;
+
+ wxModule::CleanUpModules();
+
+#if USE_WX_RESOURCES
+ wxCleanUpResourceSystem();
+#endif
+
+ wxDeleteStockObjects() ;
+
+ // Destroy all GDI lists, etc.
+
+ delete wxTheBrushList;
+ wxTheBrushList = NULL;
+
+ delete wxThePenList;
+ wxThePenList = NULL;
+
+ delete wxTheFontList;
+ wxTheFontList = NULL;
+
+ delete wxTheBitmapList;
+ wxTheBitmapList = NULL;
+
+ delete wxTheColourDatabase;
+ wxTheColourDatabase = NULL;
+
+#if USE_POSTSCRIPT
+ wxInitializePrintSetupData(FALSE);
+ delete wxThePrintPaperDatabase;
+ wxThePrintPaperDatabase = NULL;
+#endif
+
+ wxBitmap::CleanUpHandlers();
+
+ delete[] wxBuffer;
+ wxBuffer = NULL;
+
+ wxClassInfo::CleanUpClasses();
+
+ // do it as the very last thing because everything else can log messages
+ wxLog::DontCreateOnDemand();
+ // do it as the very last thing because everything else can log messages
+ delete wxLog::SetActiveTarget(NULL);
+}
+
+int wxEntry( int argc, char *argv[] )
+{
+ if (!wxApp::Initialize())
+ return FALSE;
+ if (!wxTheApp)
+ {
+ if (!wxApp::GetInitializerFunction())
+ {
+ printf( "wxWindows error: No initializer - use IMPLEMENT_APP macro.\n" );
+ return 0;
+ };
+
+ wxTheApp = (wxApp*) (* wxApp::GetInitializerFunction()) ();
+ };
+
+ if (!wxTheApp)
+ {
+ printf( "wxWindows error: wxTheApp == NULL\n" );
+ return 0;
+ };
+
+ wxTheApp->SetClassName(wxFileNameFromPath(argv[0]));
+ wxTheApp->SetAppName(wxFileNameFromPath(argv[0]));
+
+ wxTheApp->argc = argc;
+ wxTheApp->argv = argv;
+
+ // GUI-specific initialization, such as creating an app context.
+ wxTheApp->OnInitGui();
+
+ // Here frames insert themselves automatically
+ // into wxTopLevelWindows by getting created
+ // in OnInit().
+
+ if (!wxTheApp->OnInit()) return 0;
+
+ int retValue = 0;
+
+ if (wxTheApp->Initialized()) retValue = wxTheApp->OnRun();
+
+ if (wxTheApp->GetTopWindow())
+ {
+ delete wxTheApp->GetTopWindow();
+ wxTheApp->SetTopWindow(NULL);
+ }
+
+ wxTheApp->DeletePendingObjects();
+
+ wxTheApp->OnExit();
+
+ wxApp::CleanUp();
+
+ delete wxTheApp;
+ wxTheApp = NULL;
+
+#if (WXDEBUG && USE_MEMORY_TRACING) || USE_DEBUG_CONTEXT
+ // At this point we want to check if there are any memory
+ // blocks that aren't part of the wxDebugContext itself,
+ // as a special case. Then when dumping we need to ignore
+ // wxDebugContext, too.
+ if (wxDebugContext::CountObjectsLeft() > 0)
+ {
+ wxTrace("There were memory leaks.\n");
+ wxDebugContext::Dump();
+ wxDebugContext::PrintStatistics();
+ }
+ wxDebugContext::SetStream(NULL, NULL);
+#endif
+
+ return retValue;
+};
+
+// Static member initialization
+wxAppInitializerFunction wxApp::m_appInitFn = (wxAppInitializerFunction) NULL;
+
+wxApp::wxApp()
+{
+ m_topWindow = NULL;
+ wxTheApp = this;
+ m_className = "";
+ m_wantDebugOutput = TRUE ;
+ m_appName = "";
+ argc = 0;
+ argv = NULL;
+ m_printMode = wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT;
+ m_exitOnFrameDelete = TRUE;
+ m_auto3D = TRUE;
+
+ m_mainColormap = (WXColormap) NULL;
+ m_appContext = (WXAppContext) NULL;
+ m_topLevelWidget = (WXWidget) NULL;
+ m_maxRequestSize = 0;
+}
+
+bool wxApp::Initialized()
+{
+ if (GetTopWindow())
+ return TRUE;
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+int wxApp::MainLoop()
+{
+ m_keepGoing = TRUE;
+
+ /*
+ * Sit around forever waiting to process X-events. Property Change
+ * event are handled special, because they have to refer to
+ * the root window rather than to a widget. therefore we can't
+ * use an Xt-eventhandler.
+ */
+
+ XSelectInput(XtDisplay((Widget) wxTheApp->GetTopLevelWidget()),
+ XDefaultRootWindow(XtDisplay((Widget) wxTheApp->GetTopLevelWidget())),
+ PropertyChangeMask);
+
+ XEvent event;
+
+ // Use this flag to allow breaking the loop via wxApp::ExitMainLoop()
+ while (m_keepGoing)
+ {
+ XtAppNextEvent( (XtAppContext) wxTheApp->GetAppContext(), &event);
+ if(event.type == PropertyNotify)
+ {
+ HandlePropertyChange((WXEvent*) &event);
+ } else
+ {
+ // Terry Gitnick <terryg@scientech.com> - 1/21/98
+ /* if resize event, don't resize until the last resize event for this
+ window is recieved. Prevents flicker as windows are resized. */
+ if (event.type == ResizeRequest)
+ {
+ Display *disp = XtDisplay((Widget) wxTheApp->GetTopLevelWidget());
+ Window win = event.xany.window;
+ XEvent report;
+
+ // to avoid flicker
+ report = event;
+ while( XCheckTypedWindowEvent (disp, win, ResizeRequest, &report));
+ }
+
+ XtDispatchEvent(&event);
+
+ DeletePendingObjects();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Returns TRUE if more time is needed.
+bool wxApp::ProcessIdle()
+{
+ wxIdleEvent event;
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+ ProcessEvent(event);
+
+ return event.MoreRequested();
+}
+
+void wxApp::ExitMainLoop()
+{
+ m_keepGoing = FALSE;
+}
+
+// Is a message/event pending?
+bool wxApp::Pending()
+{
+ XFlush(XtDisplay( (Widget) wxTheApp->GetTopLevelWidget() ));
+ return (XtAppPending( (XtAppContext) wxTheApp->GetAppContext() ) != 0) ;
+}
+
+// Dispatch a message.
+void wxApp::Dispatch()
+{
+ XtAppProcessEvent( (XtAppContext) wxTheApp->GetAppContext(), XtIMAll);
+}
+
+// This should be redefined in a derived class for
+// handling property change events for XAtom IPC.
+void wxApp::HandlePropertyChange(WXEvent *event)
+{
+ // by default do nothing special
+ XtDispatchEvent((XEvent*) event); /* let Motif do the work */
+}
+
+void wxApp::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event)
+{
+ static bool inOnIdle = FALSE;
+
+ // Avoid recursion (via ProcessEvent default case)
+ if (inOnIdle)
+ return;
+
+ inOnIdle = TRUE;
+
+ // 'Garbage' collection of windows deleted with Close().
+ DeletePendingObjects();
+
+ // flush the logged messages if any
+ wxLog *pLog = wxLog::GetActiveTarget();
+ if ( pLog != NULL && pLog->HasPendingMessages() )
+ pLog->Flush();
+
+ // Send OnIdle events to all windows
+ bool needMore = SendIdleEvents();
+
+ if (needMore)
+ event.RequestMore(TRUE);
+
+ inOnIdle = FALSE;
+}
+
+// Send idle event to all top-level windows
+bool wxApp::SendIdleEvents()
+{
+ bool needMore = FALSE;
+ wxNode* node = wxTopLevelWindows.First();
+ while (node)
+ {
+ wxWindow* win = (wxWindow*) node->Data();
+ if (SendIdleEvents(win))
+ needMore = TRUE;
+
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ return needMore;
+}
+
+// Send idle event to window and all subwindows
+bool wxApp::SendIdleEvents(wxWindow* win)
+{
+ bool needMore = FALSE;
+
+ wxIdleEvent event;
+ event.SetEventObject(win);
+ win->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+ if (event.MoreRequested())
+ needMore = TRUE;
+
+ wxNode* node = win->GetChildren()->First();
+ while (node)
+ {
+ wxWindow* win = (wxWindow*) node->Data();
+ if (SendIdleEvents(win))
+ needMore = TRUE;
+
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ return needMore ;
+}
+
+void wxApp::DeletePendingObjects()
+{
+ wxNode *node = wxPendingDelete.First();
+ while (node)
+ {
+ wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)node->Data();
+
+ delete obj;
+
+ if (wxPendingDelete.Member(obj))
+ delete node;
+
+ // Deleting one object may have deleted other pending
+ // objects, so start from beginning of list again.
+ node = wxPendingDelete.First();
+ }
+}
+
+wxLog* wxApp::CreateLogTarget()
+{
+ return new wxLogGui;
+}
+
+wxWindow* wxApp::GetTopWindow() const
+{
+ if (m_topWindow)
+ return m_topWindow;
+ else if (wxTopLevelWindows.Number() > 0)
+ return (wxWindow*) wxTopLevelWindows.First()->Data();
+ else
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+// Create an application context
+bool wxApp::OnInitGui()
+{
+ XtToolkitInitialize() ;
+ wxTheApp->m_appContext = (WXAppContext) XtCreateApplicationContext() ;
+ Display *dpy = XtOpenDisplay((XtAppContext) wxTheApp->m_appContext,(String)NULL,NULL,
+ (const char*) wxTheApp->GetClassName(), NULL,
+# if XtSpecificationRelease < 5
+ 0,(Cardinal*) &argc,argv) ;
+# else
+ 0,&argc,argv) ;
+# endif
+ if (!dpy) {
+ cerr << "wxWindows could not open display for " << wxTheApp->GetClassName() << ": exiting.\n";
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+ wxTheApp->m_topLevelWidget = (WXWidget) XtAppCreateShell((String)NULL, (const char*) wxTheApp->GetClassName(),
+ applicationShellWidgetClass,dpy,
+ NULL,0) ;
+
+ // Add general resize proc
+ XtActionsRec rec;
+ rec.string = "resize";
+ rec.proc = (XtActionProc)wxWidgetResizeProc;
+ XtAppAddActions((XtAppContext) wxTheApp->m_appContext, &rec, 1);
+
+ GetMainColormap(dpy);
+ m_maxRequestSize = XMaxRequestSize((Display*) dpy);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+WXColormap wxApp::GetMainColormap(WXDisplay* display)
+{
+ if (!display) /* Must be called first with non-NULL display */
+ return m_mainColormap;
+
+ Colormap c =
+ DefaultColormapOfScreen(XScreenOfDisplay((Display*) display,
+ DefaultScreen((Display*) display)));
+
+ if (!m_mainColormap)
+ m_mainColormap = (WXColormap) c;
+
+ return (WXColormap) c;
+}
+
+void wxExit()
+{
+ int retValue = 0;
+ if (wxTheApp)
+ retValue = wxTheApp->OnExit();
+
+ wxApp::CleanUp();
+ /*
+ * Exit in some platform-specific way. Not recommended that the app calls this:
+ * only for emergencies.
+ */
+ exit(retValue);
+}
+
+// Yield to other processes
+bool wxYield()
+{
+ while (wxTheApp && wxTheApp->Pending())
+ wxTheApp->Dispatch();
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: bitmap.cpp
+// Purpose: wxBitmap
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "bitmap.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+#include "wx/palette.h"
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+#include "wx/icon.h"
+#include "wx/log.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARIES
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap, wxGDIObject)
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask, wxObject)
+#endif
+
+wxBitmapRefData::wxBitmapRefData()
+{
+ m_ok = FALSE;
+ m_width = 0;
+ m_height = 0;
+ m_depth = 0;
+ m_quality = 0;
+ m_numColors = 0;
+ m_bitmapMask = NULL;
+}
+
+wxBitmapRefData::~wxBitmapRefData()
+{
+ /*
+ * TODO: delete the bitmap data here.
+ */
+
+ if (m_bitmapMask)
+ delete m_bitmapMask;
+ m_bitmapMask = NULL;
+}
+
+wxList wxBitmap::sm_handlers;
+
+wxBitmap::wxBitmap()
+{
+ m_refData = NULL;
+
+ if ( wxTheBitmapList )
+ wxTheBitmapList->AddBitmap(this);
+}
+
+wxBitmap::~wxBitmap()
+{
+ if (wxTheBitmapList)
+ wxTheBitmapList->DeleteObject(this);
+}
+
+wxBitmap::wxBitmap(const char bits[], int the_width, int the_height, int no_bits)
+{
+ m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData;
+
+ M_BITMAPDATA->m_width = the_width ;
+ M_BITMAPDATA->m_height = the_height ;
+ M_BITMAPDATA->m_depth = no_bits ;
+ M_BITMAPDATA->m_numColors = 0;
+
+ /* TODO: create the bitmap from data */
+
+ if ( wxTheBitmapList )
+ wxTheBitmapList->AddBitmap(this);
+}
+
+wxBitmap::wxBitmap(int w, int h, int d)
+{
+ (void)Create(w, h, d);
+
+ if ( wxTheBitmapList )
+ wxTheBitmapList->AddBitmap(this);
+}
+
+wxBitmap::wxBitmap(void *data, long type, int width, int height, int depth)
+{
+ (void) Create(data, type, width, height, depth);
+
+ if ( wxTheBitmapList )
+ wxTheBitmapList->AddBitmap(this);
+}
+
+wxBitmap::wxBitmap(const wxString& filename, long type)
+{
+ LoadFile(filename, (int)type);
+
+ if ( wxTheBitmapList )
+ wxTheBitmapList->AddBitmap(this);
+}
+
+/* TODO: maybe allow creation from XPM
+// Create from data
+wxBitmap::wxBitmap(const char **data)
+{
+ (void) Create((void *)data, wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+*/
+
+bool wxBitmap::Create(int w, int h, int d)
+{
+ UnRef();
+
+ m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData;
+
+ M_BITMAPDATA->m_width = w;
+ M_BITMAPDATA->m_height = h;
+ M_BITMAPDATA->m_depth = d;
+
+ /* TODO: create new bitmap */
+
+ return M_BITMAPDATA->m_ok;
+}
+
+bool wxBitmap::LoadFile(const wxString& filename, long type)
+{
+ UnRef();
+
+ m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData;
+
+ wxBitmapHandler *handler = FindHandler(type);
+
+ if ( handler == NULL ) {
+ wxLogWarning("no bitmap handler for type %d defined.", type);
+
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return handler->LoadFile(this, filename, type, -1, -1);
+}
+
+bool wxBitmap::Create(void *data, long type, int width, int height, int depth)
+{
+ UnRef();
+
+ m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData;
+
+ wxBitmapHandler *handler = FindHandler(type);
+
+ if ( handler == NULL ) {
+ wxLogWarning("no bitmap handler for type %d defined.", type);
+
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return handler->Create(this, data, type, width, height, depth);
+}
+
+bool wxBitmap::SaveFile(const wxString& filename, int type, const wxPalette *palette)
+{
+ wxBitmapHandler *handler = FindHandler(type);
+
+ if ( handler == NULL ) {
+ wxLogWarning("no bitmap handler for type %d defined.", type);
+
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return handler->SaveFile(this, filename, type, palette);
+}
+
+void wxBitmap::SetWidth(int w)
+{
+ if (!M_BITMAPDATA)
+ m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData;
+
+ M_BITMAPDATA->m_width = w;
+}
+
+void wxBitmap::SetHeight(int h)
+{
+ if (!M_BITMAPDATA)
+ m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData;
+
+ M_BITMAPDATA->m_height = h;
+}
+
+void wxBitmap::SetDepth(int d)
+{
+ if (!M_BITMAPDATA)
+ m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData;
+
+ M_BITMAPDATA->m_depth = d;
+}
+
+void wxBitmap::SetQuality(int q)
+{
+ if (!M_BITMAPDATA)
+ m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData;
+
+ M_BITMAPDATA->m_quality = q;
+}
+
+void wxBitmap::SetOk(bool isOk)
+{
+ if (!M_BITMAPDATA)
+ m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData;
+
+ M_BITMAPDATA->m_ok = isOk;
+}
+
+void wxBitmap::SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette)
+{
+ if (!M_BITMAPDATA)
+ m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData;
+
+ M_BITMAPDATA->m_bitmapPalette = palette ;
+}
+
+void wxBitmap::SetMask(wxMask *mask)
+{
+ if (!M_BITMAPDATA)
+ m_refData = new wxBitmapRefData;
+
+ M_BITMAPDATA->m_bitmapMask = mask ;
+}
+
+void wxBitmap::AddHandler(wxBitmapHandler *handler)
+{
+ sm_handlers.Append(handler);
+}
+
+void wxBitmap::InsertHandler(wxBitmapHandler *handler)
+{
+ sm_handlers.Insert(handler);
+}
+
+bool wxBitmap::RemoveHandler(const wxString& name)
+{
+ wxBitmapHandler *handler = FindHandler(name);
+ if ( handler )
+ {
+ sm_handlers.DeleteObject(handler);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+wxBitmapHandler *wxBitmap::FindHandler(const wxString& name)
+{
+ wxNode *node = sm_handlers.First();
+ while ( node )
+ {
+ wxBitmapHandler *handler = (wxBitmapHandler *)node->Data();
+ if ( handler->GetName() == name )
+ return handler;
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+wxBitmapHandler *wxBitmap::FindHandler(const wxString& extension, long bitmapType)
+{
+ wxNode *node = sm_handlers.First();
+ while ( node )
+ {
+ wxBitmapHandler *handler = (wxBitmapHandler *)node->Data();
+ if ( handler->GetExtension() == extension &&
+ (bitmapType == -1 || handler->GetType() == bitmapType) )
+ return handler;
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+wxBitmapHandler *wxBitmap::FindHandler(long bitmapType)
+{
+ wxNode *node = sm_handlers.First();
+ while ( node )
+ {
+ wxBitmapHandler *handler = (wxBitmapHandler *)node->Data();
+ if (handler->GetType() == bitmapType)
+ return handler;
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * wxMask
+ */
+
+wxMask::wxMask()
+{
+/* TODO
+ m_maskBitmap = 0;
+*/
+}
+
+// Construct a mask from a bitmap and a colour indicating
+// the transparent area
+wxMask::wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour)
+{
+/* TODO
+ m_maskBitmap = 0;
+*/
+ Create(bitmap, colour);
+}
+
+// Construct a mask from a bitmap and a palette index indicating
+// the transparent area
+wxMask::wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex)
+{
+/* TODO
+ m_maskBitmap = 0;
+*/
+
+ Create(bitmap, paletteIndex);
+}
+
+// Construct a mask from a mono bitmap (copies the bitmap).
+wxMask::wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
+{
+/* TODO
+ m_maskBitmap = 0;
+*/
+
+ Create(bitmap);
+}
+
+wxMask::~wxMask()
+{
+// TODO: delete mask bitmap
+}
+
+// Create a mask from a mono bitmap (copies the bitmap).
+bool wxMask::Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
+{
+// TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Create a mask from a bitmap and a palette index indicating
+// the transparent area
+bool wxMask::Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex)
+{
+// TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Create a mask from a bitmap and a colour indicating
+// the transparent area
+bool wxMask::Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour)
+{
+// TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * wxBitmapHandler
+ */
+
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapHandler, wxObject)
+
+bool wxBitmapHandler::Create(wxBitmap *bitmap, void *data, long type, int width, int height, int depth)
+{
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxBitmapHandler::LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long type,
+ int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight)
+{
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxBitmapHandler::SaveFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, int type, const wxPalette *palette)
+{
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Standard handlers
+ */
+
+/* TODO: bitmap handlers, a bit like this:
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxBMPResourceHandler: public wxBitmapHandler
+{
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBMPResourceHandler)
+public:
+ inline wxBMPResourceHandler()
+ {
+ m_name = "Windows bitmap resource";
+ m_extension = "";
+ m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE;
+ };
+
+ virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
+ int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight);
+};
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBMPResourceHandler, wxBitmapHandler)
+*/
+
+void wxBitmap::CleanUpHandlers()
+{
+ wxNode *node = sm_handlers.First();
+ while ( node )
+ {
+ wxBitmapHandler *handler = (wxBitmapHandler *)node->Data();
+ wxNode *next = node->Next();
+ delete handler;
+ delete node;
+ node = next;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxBitmap::InitStandardHandlers()
+{
+/* TODO: initialize all standard bitmap or derive class handlers here.
+ AddHandler(new wxBMPResourceHandler);
+ AddHandler(new wxBMPFileHandler);
+ AddHandler(new wxXPMFileHandler);
+ AddHandler(new wxXPMDataHandler);
+ AddHandler(new wxICOResourceHandler);
+ AddHandler(new wxICOFileHandler);
+*/
+}
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: bmpbuttn.cpp
+// Purpose: wxBitmapButton
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "bmpbuttn.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapButton, wxButton)
+#endif
+
+bool wxBitmapButton::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size, long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ m_buttonBitmap = bitmap;
+ SetName(name);
+ SetValidator(validator);
+ parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ m_backgroundColour = parent->GetDefaultBackgroundColour() ;
+ m_foregroundColour = parent->GetDefaultForegroundColour() ;
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+ m_marginX = 0;
+ m_marginY = 0;
+
+ int x = pos.x;
+ int y = pos.y;
+ int width = size.x;
+ int height = size.y;
+
+ if (id == -1)
+ m_windowId = NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ if ( width == -1 && bitmap.Ok())
+ width = bitmap.GetWidth() + 2*m_marginX;
+
+ if ( height == -1 && bitmap.Ok())
+ height = bitmap.GetHeight() + 2*m_marginY;
+
+ /* TODO: create bitmap button
+ */
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxBitmapButton::SetBitmapLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
+{
+ m_buttonBitmap = bitmap;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: brush.cpp
+// Purpose: wxBrush
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "brush.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+#include "wx/brush.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARIES
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrush, wxGDIObject)
+#endif
+
+wxBrushRefData::wxBrushRefData()
+{
+ m_style = wxSOLID;
+// TODO: null data
+}
+
+wxBrushRefData::wxBrushRefData(const wxBrushRefData& data)
+{
+ m_style = data.m_style;
+ m_stipple = data.m_stipple;
+ m_colour = data.m_colour;
+/* TODO: null data
+ m_hBrush = 0;
+*/
+}
+
+wxBrushRefData::~wxBrushRefData()
+{
+// TODO: delete data
+}
+
+// Brushes
+wxBrush::wxBrush()
+{
+ if ( wxTheBrushList )
+ wxTheBrushList->AddBrush(this);
+}
+
+wxBrush::~wxBrush()
+{
+ if ( wxTheBrushList )
+ wxTheBrushList->RemoveBrush(this);
+}
+
+wxBrush::wxBrush(const wxColour& col, int Style)
+{
+ m_refData = new wxBrushRefData;
+
+ M_BRUSHDATA->m_colour = col;
+ M_BRUSHDATA->m_style = Style;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+
+ if ( wxTheBrushList )
+ wxTheBrushList->AddBrush(this);
+}
+
+wxBrush::wxBrush(const wxString& col, int Style)
+{
+ m_refData = new wxBrushRefData;
+
+ // Implicit conversion from string to wxColour via colour database
+ M_BRUSHDATA->m_colour = col;
+ M_BRUSHDATA->m_style = Style;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+
+ if ( wxTheBrushList )
+ wxTheBrushList->AddBrush(this);
+}
+
+wxBrush::wxBrush(const wxBitmap& stipple)
+{
+ m_refData = new wxBrushRefData;
+
+ M_BRUSHDATA->m_style = wxSTIPPLE;
+ M_BRUSHDATA->m_stipple = stipple;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+
+ if ( wxTheBrushList )
+ wxTheBrushList->AddBrush(this);
+}
+
+void wxBrush::Unshare()
+{
+ // Don't change shared data
+ if (!m_refData)
+ {
+ m_refData = new wxBrushRefData();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ wxBrushRefData* ref = new wxBrushRefData(*(wxBrushRefData*)m_refData);
+ UnRef();
+ m_refData = ref;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxBrush::SetColour(const wxColour& col)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_BRUSHDATA->m_colour = col;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxBrush::SetColour(const wxString& col)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_BRUSHDATA->m_colour = col;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxBrush::SetColour(const unsigned char r, const unsigned char g, const unsigned char b)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_BRUSHDATA->m_colour.Set(r, g, b);
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxBrush::SetStyle(int Style)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_BRUSHDATA->m_style = Style;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxBrush::SetStipple(const wxBitmap& Stipple)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_BRUSHDATA->m_stipple = Stipple;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxBrush::RealizeResource()
+{
+// TODO: create the brush
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: button.cpp
+// Purpose: wxButton
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "button.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/button.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButton, wxControl)
+#endif
+
+// Button
+
+bool wxButton::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size, long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ SetName(name);
+ SetValidator(validator);
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ parent->AddChild((wxButton *)this);
+
+ if (id == -1)
+ m_windowId = NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ // TODO: create button
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxButton::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxButton::SetDefault()
+{
+ wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *)GetParent();
+ if (parent)
+ parent->SetDefaultItem(this);
+
+ // TODO: make button the default
+}
+
+wxString wxButton::GetLabel() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+void wxButton::SetLabel(const wxString& label)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxButton::Command (wxCommandEvent & event)
+{
+ ProcessCommand (event);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: checkbox.cpp
+// Purpose: wxCheckBox
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 04/01/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "checkbox.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/checkbox.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBox, wxControl)
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapCheckBox, wxCheckBox)
+#endif
+
+// Single check box item
+bool wxCheckBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size, long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ SetName(name);
+ SetValidator(validator);
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ // TODO: create checkbox
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxCheckBox::SetLabel(const wxString& label)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxCheckBox::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxCheckBox::SetValue(bool val)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+bool wxCheckBox::GetValue() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxCheckBox::Command (wxCommandEvent & event)
+{
+ SetValue ((event.GetInt() != 0));
+ ProcessCommand (event);
+}
+
+// Bitmap checkbox
+bool wxBitmapCheckBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap *label,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size, long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ SetName(name);
+ SetValidator(validator);
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ // TODO: Create the bitmap checkbox
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxBitmapCheckBox::SetLabel(const wxBitmap *bitmap)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxBitmapCheckBox::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxBitmapCheckBox::SetValue(bool val)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+bool wxBitmapCheckBox::GetValue() const
+{
+ // TODOD
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: checklst.cpp
+// Purpose: implementation of wxCheckListBox class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// ============================================================================
+// headers & declarations
+// ============================================================================
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "checklst.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/checklst.h"
+
+// ============================================================================
+// implementation
+// ============================================================================
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckListBox, wxListBox)
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// implementation of wxCheckListBox class
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// define event table
+// ------------------
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxCheckListBox, wxListBox)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+
+// control creation
+// ----------------
+
+// def ctor: use Create() to really create the control
+wxCheckListBox::wxCheckListBox() : wxListBox()
+{
+}
+
+// ctor which creates the associated control
+wxCheckListBox::wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
+ int nStrings, const wxString choices[],
+ long style, const wxValidator& val,
+ const wxString& name)
+ : wxListBox()
+{
+ // TODO: you'll probably need a separate Create instead of using
+ // the wxListBox one as here.
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, nStrings, choices, style|wxLB_OWNERDRAW, val, name);
+}
+
+// check items
+// -----------
+
+bool wxCheckListBox::IsChecked(uint uiIndex) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxCheckListBox::Check(uint uiIndex, bool bCheck)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: choice.cpp
+// Purpose: wxChoice
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "choice.h"
+#endif
+
+// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
+#include "wx/choice.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoice, wxControl)
+#endif
+
+bool wxChoice::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ int n, const wxString choices[],
+ long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ SetName(name);
+ SetValidator(validator);
+ m_noStrings = n;
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ // TODO: create choice control
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxChoice::Append(const wxString& item)
+{
+ // TODO
+ m_noStrings ++;
+}
+
+void wxChoice::Delete(int n)
+{
+ // TODO
+ m_noStrings --;
+}
+
+void wxChoice::Clear()
+{
+ // TODO
+ m_noStrings = 0;
+}
+
+int wxChoice::GetSelection() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxChoice::SetSelection(int n)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+int wxChoice::FindString(const wxString& s) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+wxString wxChoice::GetString(int n) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+void wxChoice::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxString wxChoice::GetStringSelection () const
+{
+ int sel = GetSelection ();
+ if (sel > -1)
+ return wxString(this->GetString (sel));
+ else
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+bool wxChoice::SetStringSelection (const wxString& s)
+{
+ int sel = FindString (s);
+ if (sel > -1)
+ {
+ SetSelection (sel);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxChoice::Command(wxCommandEvent & event)
+{
+ SetSelection (event.GetInt());
+ ProcessCommand (event);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: clipbrd.cpp
+// Purpose: Clipboard functionality
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation
+#pragma implementation "clipbrd.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/app.h"
+#include "wx/frame.h"
+#include "wx/bitmap.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+#include "wx/metafile.h"
+#include "wx/clipbrd.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard, wxObject)
+IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxClipboardClient, wxObject)
+#endif
+
+bool wxOpenClipboard()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxCloseClipboard()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxEmptyClipboard()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxClipboardOpen()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxIsClipboardFormatAvailable(int dataFormat)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxSetClipboardData(int dataFormat, wxObject *obj, int width, int height)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+wxObject *wxGetClipboardData(int dataFormat, long *len)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+int wxEnumClipboardFormats(int dataFormat)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxRegisterClipboardFormat(char *formatName)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+bool wxGetClipboardFormatName(int dataFormat, char *formatName, int maxCount)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Generalized clipboard implementation by Matthew Flatt
+ */
+
+wxClipboard *wxTheClipboard = NULL;
+
+void wxInitClipboard()
+{
+ if (!wxTheClipboard)
+ wxTheClipboard = new wxClipboard;
+}
+
+wxClipboard::wxClipboard()
+{
+ clipOwner = NULL;
+ cbString = NULL;
+}
+
+wxClipboard::~wxClipboard()
+{
+ if (clipOwner)
+ clipOwner->BeingReplaced();
+ if (cbString)
+ delete[] cbString;
+}
+
+static int FormatStringToID(char *str)
+{
+ if (!strcmp(str, "TEXT"))
+ return wxDF_TEXT;
+
+ return wxRegisterClipboardFormat(str);
+}
+
+void wxClipboard::SetClipboardClient(wxClipboardClient *client, long time)
+{
+ bool got_selection;
+
+ if (clipOwner)
+ clipOwner->BeingReplaced();
+ clipOwner = client;
+ if (cbString) {
+ delete[] cbString;
+ cbString = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (wxOpenClipboard()) {
+ char **formats, *data;
+ int i;
+ int ftype;
+ long size;
+
+ formats = clipOwner->formats.ListToArray(FALSE);
+ for (i = clipOwner->formats.Number(); i--; ) {
+ ftype = FormatStringToID(formats[i]);
+ data = clipOwner->GetData(formats[i], &size);
+ if (!wxSetClipboardData(ftype, (wxObject *)data, size, 1)) {
+ got_selection = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (i < 0)
+ got_selection = wxCloseClipboard();
+ } else
+ got_selection = FALSE;
+
+ got_selection = FALSE; // Assume another process takes over
+
+ if (!got_selection) {
+ clipOwner->BeingReplaced();
+ clipOwner = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+wxClipboardClient *wxClipboard::GetClipboardClient()
+{
+ return clipOwner;
+}
+
+void wxClipboard::SetClipboardString(char *str, long time)
+{
+ bool got_selection;
+
+ if (clipOwner) {
+ clipOwner->BeingReplaced();
+ clipOwner = NULL;
+ }
+ if (cbString)
+ delete[] cbString;
+
+ cbString = str;
+
+ if (wxOpenClipboard()) {
+ if (!wxSetClipboardData(wxDF_TEXT, (wxObject *)str))
+ got_selection = FALSE;
+ else
+ got_selection = wxCloseClipboard();
+ } else
+ got_selection = FALSE;
+
+ got_selection = FALSE; // Assume another process takes over
+
+ if (!got_selection) {
+ delete[] cbString;
+ cbString = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+char *wxClipboard::GetClipboardString(long time)
+{
+ char *str;
+ long length;
+
+ str = GetClipboardData("TEXT", &length, time);
+ if (!str) {
+ str = new char[1];
+ *str = 0;
+ }
+
+ return str;
+}
+
+char *wxClipboard::GetClipboardData(char *format, long *length, long time)
+{
+ if (clipOwner) {
+ if (clipOwner->formats.Member(format))
+ return clipOwner->GetData(format, length);
+ else
+ return NULL;
+ } else if (cbString) {
+ if (!strcmp(format, "TEXT"))
+ return copystring(cbString);
+ else
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ if (wxOpenClipboard()) {
+ receivedString = (char *)wxGetClipboardData(FormatStringToID(format),
+ length);
+ wxCloseClipboard();
+ } else
+ receivedString = NULL;
+
+ return receivedString;
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: colordlg.cpp
+// Purpose: wxColourDialog class. NOTE: you can use the generic class
+// if you wish, instead of implementing this.
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "colordlg.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/stubs/colordlg.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourDialog, wxDialog)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * wxColourDialog
+ */
+
+wxColourDialog::wxColourDialog()
+{
+ m_dialogParent = NULL;
+}
+
+wxColourDialog::wxColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data)
+{
+ Create(parent, data);
+}
+
+bool wxColourDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data)
+{
+ m_dialogParent = parent;
+
+ if (data)
+ m_colourData = *data;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int wxColourDialog::ShowModal()
+{
+ /* TODO: implement dialog
+ */
+
+ return wxID_CANCEL;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: colour.cpp
+// Purpose: wxColour class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "colour.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
+#include "wx/colour.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour, wxObject)
+#endif
+
+// Colour
+
+wxColour::wxColour ()
+{
+ m_isInit = FALSE;
+ m_red = m_blue = m_green = 0;
+/* TODO
+ m_pixel = 0;
+*/
+}
+
+wxColour::wxColour (unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b)
+{
+ m_red = r;
+ m_green = g;
+ m_blue = b;
+ m_isInit = TRUE;
+/* TODO
+ m_pixel = PALETTERGB (m_red, m_green, m_blue);
+*/
+}
+
+wxColour::wxColour (const wxColour& col)
+{
+ m_red = col.m_red;
+ m_green = col.m_green;
+ m_blue = col.m_blue;
+ m_isInit = col.m_isInit;
+/* TODO
+ m_pixel = col.m_pixel;
+*/
+}
+
+wxColour& wxColour::operator =(const wxColour& col)
+{
+ m_red = col.m_red;
+ m_green = col.m_green;
+ m_blue = col.m_blue;
+ m_isInit = col.m_isInit;
+/* TODO
+ m_pixel = col.m_pixel;
+*/
+ return *this;
+}
+
+wxColour::wxColour (const wxString& col)
+{
+ wxColour *the_colour = wxTheColourDatabase->FindColour (col);
+ if (the_colour)
+ {
+ m_red = the_colour->Red ();
+ m_green = the_colour->Green ();
+ m_blue = the_colour->Blue ();
+ m_isInit = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ m_red = 0;
+ m_green = 0;
+ m_blue = 0;
+ m_isInit = FALSE;
+ }
+/* TODO
+ m_pixel = PALETTERGB (m_red, m_green, m_blue);
+*/
+}
+
+wxColour::~wxColour ()
+{
+}
+
+wxColour& wxColour::operator = (const wxString& col)
+{
+ wxColour *the_colour = wxTheColourDatabase->FindColour (col);
+ if (the_colour)
+ {
+ m_red = the_colour->Red ();
+ m_green = the_colour->Green ();
+ m_blue = the_colour->Blue ();
+ m_isInit = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ m_red = 0;
+ m_green = 0;
+ m_blue = 0;
+ m_isInit = FALSE;
+ }
+/* TODO
+ m_pixel = PALETTERGB (m_red, m_green, m_blue);
+*/
+ return (*this);
+}
+
+void wxColour::Set (unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b)
+{
+ m_red = r;
+ m_green = g;
+ m_blue = b;
+ m_isInit = TRUE;
+/* TODO
+ m_pixel = PALETTERGB (m_red, m_green, m_blue);
+*/
+}
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: combobox.cpp
+// Purpose: wxComboBox class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "combobox.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/combobox.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboBox, wxControl)
+#endif
+
+bool wxComboBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& value,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ int n, const wxString choices[],
+ long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ SetName(name);
+ SetValidator(validator);
+ m_noStrings = n;
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ // TODO: create combobox control
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+wxString wxComboBox::GetValue() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+void wxComboBox::SetValue(const wxString& value)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Clipboard operations
+void wxComboBox::Copy()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxComboBox::Cut()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxComboBox::Paste()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxComboBox::SetEditable(bool editable)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxComboBox::SetInsertionPoint(long pos)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxComboBox::SetInsertionPointEnd()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+long wxComboBox::GetInsertionPoint() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+long wxComboBox::GetLastPosition() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxComboBox::Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxComboBox::Remove(long from, long to)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxComboBox::SetSelection(long from, long to)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: control.cpp
+// Purpose: wxControl class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "control.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControl, wxWindow)
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxControl, wxWindow)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+#endif
+
+// Item members
+wxControl::wxControl()
+{
+ m_backgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
+ m_foregroundColour = *wxBLACK;
+ m_callback = 0;
+}
+
+wxControl::~wxControl()
+{
+ // If we delete an item, we should initialize the parent panel,
+ // because it could now be invalid.
+ wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *)GetParent();
+ if (parent)
+ {
+ if (parent->GetDefaultItem() == (wxButton*) this)
+ parent->SetDefaultItem(NULL);
+ }
+}
+
+void wxControl::SetLabel(const wxString& label)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxString wxControl::GetLabel() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+void wxControl::ProcessCommand (wxCommandEvent & event)
+{
+ // Tries:
+ // 1) A callback function (to become obsolete)
+ // 2) OnCommand, starting at this window and working up parent hierarchy
+ // 3) OnCommand then calls ProcessEvent to search the event tables.
+ if (m_callback)
+ {
+ (void) (*(m_callback)) (*this, event);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ GetEventHandler()->OnCommand(*this, event);
+ }
+}
+
+void wxControl::Centre (int direction)
+{
+ int x, y, width, height, panel_width, panel_height, new_x, new_y;
+
+ wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) GetParent ();
+ if (!parent)
+ return;
+
+ parent->GetClientSize (&panel_width, &panel_height);
+ GetSize (&width, &height);
+ GetPosition (&x, &y);
+
+ new_x = x;
+ new_y = y;
+
+ if (direction & wxHORIZONTAL)
+ new_x = (int) ((panel_width - width) / 2);
+
+ if (direction & wxVERTICAL)
+ new_y = (int) ((panel_height - height) / 2);
+
+ SetSize (new_x, new_y, width, height);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: cursor.cpp
+// Purpose: wxCursor class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "cursor.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/cursor.h"
+#include "wx/icon.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARIES
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor, wxBitmap)
+#endif
+
+wxCursorRefData::wxCursorRefData()
+{
+ m_width = 32; m_height = 32;
+
+/* TODO
+ m_hCursor = 0 ;
+*/
+}
+
+wxCursorRefData::~wxCursorRefData()
+{
+ // TODO: destroy cursor
+}
+
+// Cursors
+wxCursor::wxCursor()
+{
+}
+
+wxCursor::wxCursor(const char WXUNUSED(bits)[], int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height),
+ int WXUNUSED(hotSpotX), int WXUNUSED(hotSpotY), const char WXUNUSED(maskBits)[])
+{
+}
+
+wxCursor::wxCursor(const wxString& cursor_file, long flags, int hotSpotX, int hotSpotY)
+{
+ m_refData = new wxIconRefData;
+
+ // TODO: create cursor from a file
+}
+
+// Cursors by stock number
+wxCursor::wxCursor(int cursor_type)
+{
+ m_refData = new wxIconRefData;
+
+/* TODO
+ switch (cursor_type)
+ {
+ case wxCURSOR_WAIT:
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_WAIT);
+ break;
+ case wxCURSOR_IBEAM:
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_IBEAM);
+ break;
+ case wxCURSOR_CROSS:
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_CROSS);
+ break;
+ case wxCURSOR_SIZENWSE:
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_SIZENWSE);
+ break;
+ case wxCURSOR_SIZENESW:
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_SIZENESW);
+ break;
+ case wxCURSOR_SIZEWE:
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_SIZEWE);
+ break;
+ case wxCURSOR_SIZENS:
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_SIZENS);
+ break;
+ case wxCURSOR_CHAR:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_HAND:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(wxGetInstance(), "wxCURSOR_HAND");
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_BULLSEYE:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(wxGetInstance(), "wxCURSOR_BULLSEYE");
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_PENCIL:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(wxGetInstance(), "wxCURSOR_PENCIL");
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_MAGNIFIER:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(wxGetInstance(), "wxCURSOR_MAGNIFIER");
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_NO_ENTRY:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(wxGetInstance(), "wxCURSOR_NO_ENTRY");
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_SIZING:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(wxGetInstance(), "wxCURSOR_SIZING");
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_WATCH:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(wxGetInstance(), "wxCURSOR_WATCH");
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_SPRAYCAN:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(wxGetInstance(), "wxCURSOR_ROLLER");
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(wxGetInstance(), "wxCURSOR_PBRUSH");
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_POINT_LEFT:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(wxGetInstance(), "wxCURSOR_PLEFT");
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_POINT_RIGHT:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(wxGetInstance(), "wxCURSOR_PRIGHT");
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(wxGetInstance(), "wxCURSOR_QARROW");
+ break;
+ }
+ case wxCURSOR_BLANK:
+ {
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(wxGetInstance(), "wxCURSOR_BLANK");
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ case wxCURSOR_ARROW:
+ M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor = (WXHCURSOR) LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
+ break;
+ }
+*/
+
+}
+
+wxCursor::~wxCursor()
+{
+}
+
+// Global cursor setting
+void wxSetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
+{
+ // TODO (optional on platforms with no global cursor)
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: data.cpp
+// Purpose: Various data
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/wx.h"
+
+#define _MAXPATHLEN 500
+
+// Useful buffer, initialized in CommonInit
+char *wxBuffer = NULL;
+
+// Windows List
+wxList wxTopLevelWindows;
+
+// List of windows pending deletion
+wxList wxPendingDelete;
+
+int wxPageNumber;
+
+// GDI Object Lists
+wxBrushList *wxTheBrushList = NULL;
+wxPenList *wxThePenList = NULL;
+wxFontList *wxTheFontList = NULL;
+wxBitmapList *wxTheBitmapList = NULL;
+
+wxColourDatabase *wxTheColourDatabase = NULL;
+
+// Stock objects
+wxFont *wxNORMAL_FONT;
+wxFont *wxSMALL_FONT;
+wxFont *wxITALIC_FONT;
+wxFont *wxSWISS_FONT;
+wxPen *wxRED_PEN;
+
+wxPen *wxCYAN_PEN;
+wxPen *wxGREEN_PEN;
+wxPen *wxBLACK_PEN;
+wxPen *wxWHITE_PEN;
+wxPen *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN;
+wxPen *wxBLACK_DASHED_PEN;
+wxPen *wxGREY_PEN;
+wxPen *wxMEDIUM_GREY_PEN;
+wxPen *wxLIGHT_GREY_PEN;
+
+wxBrush *wxBLUE_BRUSH;
+wxBrush *wxGREEN_BRUSH;
+wxBrush *wxWHITE_BRUSH;
+wxBrush *wxBLACK_BRUSH;
+wxBrush *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH;
+wxBrush *wxCYAN_BRUSH;
+wxBrush *wxRED_BRUSH;
+wxBrush *wxGREY_BRUSH;
+wxBrush *wxMEDIUM_GREY_BRUSH;
+wxBrush *wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH;
+
+wxColour *wxBLACK;
+wxColour *wxWHITE;
+wxColour *wxRED;
+wxColour *wxBLUE;
+wxColour *wxGREEN;
+wxColour *wxCYAN;
+wxColour *wxLIGHT_GREY;
+
+wxCursor *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR = NULL;
+wxCursor *wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR = NULL;
+wxCursor *wxCROSS_CURSOR = NULL;
+
+// 'Null' objects
+wxAcceleratorTable wxNullAcceleratorTable;
+wxBitmap wxNullBitmap;
+wxIcon wxNullIcon;
+wxCursor wxNullCursor;
+wxPen wxNullPen;
+wxBrush wxNullBrush;
+wxPalette wxNullPalette;
+wxFont wxNullFont;
+wxColour wxNullColour;
+
+// Default window names
+const char *wxButtonNameStr = "button";
+const char *wxCanvasNameStr = "canvas";
+const char *wxCheckBoxNameStr = "check";
+const char *wxChoiceNameStr = "choice";
+const char *wxComboBoxNameStr = "comboBox";
+const char *wxDialogNameStr = "dialog";
+const char *wxFrameNameStr = "frame";
+const char *wxGaugeNameStr = "gauge";
+const char *wxStaticBoxNameStr = "groupBox";
+const char *wxListBoxNameStr = "listBox";
+const char *wxStaticTextNameStr = "message";
+const char *wxStaticBitmapNameStr = "message";
+const char *wxMultiTextNameStr = "multitext";
+const char *wxPanelNameStr = "panel";
+const char *wxRadioBoxNameStr = "radioBox";
+const char *wxRadioButtonNameStr = "radioButton";
+const char *wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr = "radioButton";
+const char *wxScrollBarNameStr = "scrollBar";
+const char *wxSliderNameStr = "slider";
+const char *wxStaticNameStr = "static";
+const char *wxTextCtrlWindowNameStr = "textWindow";
+const char *wxTextCtrlNameStr = "text";
+const char *wxVirtListBoxNameStr = "virtListBox";
+const char *wxButtonBarNameStr = "buttonbar";
+const char *wxEnhDialogNameStr = "Shell";
+const char *wxToolBarNameStr = "toolbar";
+const char *wxStatusLineNameStr = "status_line";
+const char *wxEmptyString = "";
+const char *wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr = "Input Text";
+const char *wxMessageBoxCaptionStr = "Message";
+const char *wxFileSelectorPromptStr = "Select a file";
+const char *wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr = "*.*";
+const char *wxInternalErrorStr = "wxWindows Internal Error";
+const char *wxFatalErrorStr = "wxWindows Fatal Error";
+
+// See wx/utils.h
+const char *wxFloatToStringStr = "%.2f";
+const char *wxDoubleToStringStr = "%.2f";
+
+#if USE_POSTSCRIPT
+wxPrintPaperDatabase* wxThePrintPaperDatabase = NULL;
+#endif
+
+#if USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+///// Event tables (also must be in one, statically-linked file for shared libraries)
+
+// This is the base, wxEvtHandler 'bootstrap' code which is expanded manually here
+const wxEventTable *wxEvtHandler::GetEventTable() const { return &wxEvtHandler::sm_eventTable; }
+
+const wxEventTable wxEvtHandler::sm_eventTable =
+ { NULL, &wxEvtHandler::sm_eventTableEntries[0] };
+
+const wxEventTableEntry wxEvtHandler::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { { 0, 0, 0, NULL } };
+#endif
+
+const wxSize wxDefaultSize(-1, -1);
+const wxPoint wxDefaultPosition(-1, -1);
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dc.cpp
+// Purpose: wxDC class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 01/02/97
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "dc.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dc.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDC, wxObject)
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constants
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define mm2inches 0.0393700787402
+#define inches2mm 25.4
+#define mm2twips 56.6929133859
+#define twips2mm 0.0176388888889
+#define mm2pt 2.83464566929
+#define pt2mm 0.352777777778
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDC
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+wxDC::wxDC(void)
+{
+ m_ok = FALSE;
+ m_optimize = FALSE;
+ m_autoSetting = FALSE;
+ m_colour = TRUE;
+ m_clipping = FALSE;
+
+ m_mm_to_pix_x = 1.0;
+ m_mm_to_pix_y = 1.0;
+
+ m_logicalOriginX = 0;
+ m_logicalOriginY = 0;
+ m_deviceOriginX = 0;
+ m_deviceOriginY = 0;
+ m_internalDeviceOriginX = 0;
+ m_internalDeviceOriginY = 0;
+ m_externalDeviceOriginX = 0;
+ m_externalDeviceOriginY = 0;
+
+ m_logicalScaleX = 1.0;
+ m_logicalScaleY = 1.0;
+ m_userScaleX = 1.0;
+ m_userScaleY = 1.0;
+ m_scaleX = 1.0;
+ m_scaleY = 1.0;
+
+ m_mappingMode = MM_TEXT;
+ m_needComputeScaleX = FALSE;
+ m_needComputeScaleY = FALSE;
+
+ m_signX = 1; // default x-axis left to right
+ m_signY = 1; // default y-axis top down
+
+ m_maxX = m_maxY = -100000;
+ m_minY = m_minY = 100000;
+
+ m_logicalFunction = wxCOPY;
+// m_textAlignment = wxALIGN_TOP_LEFT;
+ m_backgroundMode = wxTRANSPARENT;
+
+ m_textForegroundColour = *wxBLACK;
+ m_textBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
+ m_pen = *wxBLACK_PEN;
+ m_font = *wxNORMAL_FONT;
+ m_brush = *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH;
+ m_backgroundBrush = *wxWHITE_BRUSH;
+
+// m_palette = wxAPP_COLOURMAP;
+};
+
+wxDC::~wxDC(void)
+{
+};
+
+void wxDC::DrawIcon( const wxIcon &WXUNUSED(icon), long WXUNUSED(x), long WXUNUSED(y), bool WXUNUSED(useMask) )
+{
+};
+
+void wxDC::DrawPoint( wxPoint& point )
+{
+ DrawPoint( point.x, point.y );
+};
+
+void wxDC::DrawPolygon( wxList *list, long xoffset, long yoffset, int fillStyle )
+{
+ int n = list->Number();
+ wxPoint *points = new wxPoint[n];
+
+ int i = 0;
+ for( wxNode *node = list->First(); node; node = node->Next() )
+ {
+ wxPoint *point = (wxPoint *)node->Data();
+ points[i].x = point->x;
+ points[i++].y = point->y;
+ };
+ DrawPolygon( n, points, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle );
+ delete[] points;
+};
+
+void wxDC::DrawLines( wxList *list, long xoffset, long yoffset )
+{
+ int n = list->Number();
+ wxPoint *points = new wxPoint[n];
+
+ int i = 0;
+ for( wxNode *node = list->First(); node; node = node->Next() )
+ {
+ wxPoint *point = (wxPoint *)node->Data();
+ points[i].x = point->x;
+ points[i++].y = point->y;
+ };
+ DrawLines( n, points, xoffset, yoffset );
+ delete []points;
+};
+
+void wxDC::DrawSpline( long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2, long x3, long y3 )
+{
+ wxList list;
+ list.Append( (wxObject*)new wxPoint(x1, y1) );
+ list.Append( (wxObject*)new wxPoint(x2, y2) );
+ list.Append( (wxObject*)new wxPoint(x3, y3) );
+ DrawSpline(&list);
+ wxNode *node = list.First();
+ while (node)
+ {
+ wxPoint *p = (wxPoint*)node->Data();
+ delete p;
+ node = node->Next();
+ };
+};
+
+void wxDC::DrawSpline( wxList *points )
+{
+ DrawOpenSpline( points );
+};
+
+void wxDC::DrawSpline( int n, wxPoint points[] )
+{
+ wxList list;
+ for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) list.Append( (wxObject*)&points[i] );
+ DrawSpline( &list );
+};
+
+void wxDC::SetClippingRegion( long x, long y, long width, long height )
+{
+ m_clipping = TRUE;
+ m_clipX1 = x;
+ m_clipY1 = y;
+ m_clipX2 = x + width;
+ m_clipY2 = y + height;
+};
+
+void wxDC::DestroyClippingRegion(void)
+{
+ m_clipping = FALSE;
+};
+
+void wxDC::GetClippingBox( long *x, long *y, long *width, long *height ) const
+{
+ if (m_clipping)
+ {
+ if (x) *x = m_clipX1;
+ if (y) *y = m_clipY1;
+ if (width) *width = (m_clipX2 - m_clipX1);
+ if (height) *height = (m_clipY2 - m_clipY1);
+ }
+ else
+ *x = *y = *width = *height = 0;
+};
+
+void wxDC::GetSize( int* width, int* height ) const
+{
+ *width = m_maxX-m_minX;
+ *height = m_maxY-m_minY;
+};
+
+void wxDC::GetSizeMM( long* width, long* height ) const
+{
+ int w = 0;
+ int h = 0;
+ GetSize( &w, &h );
+ *width = long( double(w) / (m_scaleX*m_mm_to_pix_x) );
+ *height = long( double(h) / (m_scaleY*m_mm_to_pix_y) );
+};
+
+void wxDC::SetTextForeground( const wxColour &col )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+ m_textForegroundColour = col;
+};
+
+void wxDC::SetTextBackground( const wxColour &col )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+ m_textBackgroundColour = col;
+};
+
+void wxDC::SetMapMode( int mode )
+{
+ switch (mode)
+ {
+ case MM_TWIPS:
+ SetLogicalScale( twips2mm*m_mm_to_pix_x, twips2mm*m_mm_to_pix_y );
+ break;
+ case MM_POINTS:
+ SetLogicalScale( pt2mm*m_mm_to_pix_x, pt2mm*m_mm_to_pix_y );
+ break;
+ case MM_METRIC:
+ SetLogicalScale( m_mm_to_pix_x, m_mm_to_pix_y );
+ break;
+ case MM_LOMETRIC:
+ SetLogicalScale( m_mm_to_pix_x/10.0, m_mm_to_pix_y/10.0 );
+ break;
+ default:
+ case MM_TEXT:
+ SetLogicalScale( 1.0, 1.0 );
+ break;
+ };
+ if (mode != MM_TEXT)
+ {
+ m_needComputeScaleX = TRUE;
+ m_needComputeScaleY = TRUE;
+ };
+};
+
+void wxDC::SetUserScale( double x, double y )
+{
+ // allow negative ? -> no
+ m_userScaleX = x;
+ m_userScaleY = y;
+ ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
+};
+
+void wxDC::GetUserScale( double *x, double *y )
+{
+ if (x) *x = m_userScaleX;
+ if (y) *y = m_userScaleY;
+};
+
+void wxDC::SetLogicalScale( double x, double y )
+{
+ // allow negative ?
+ m_logicalScaleX = x;
+ m_logicalScaleY = y;
+ ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
+};
+
+void wxDC::GetLogicalScale( double *x, double *y )
+{
+ if (x) *x = m_logicalScaleX;
+ if (y) *y = m_logicalScaleY;
+};
+
+void wxDC::SetLogicalOrigin( long x, long y )
+{
+ m_logicalOriginX = x * m_signX; // is this still correct ?
+ m_logicalOriginY = y * m_signY;
+ ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
+};
+
+void wxDC::GetLogicalOrigin( long *x, long *y )
+{
+ if (x) *x = m_logicalOriginX;
+ if (y) *y = m_logicalOriginY;
+};
+
+void wxDC::SetDeviceOrigin( long x, long y )
+{
+ m_externalDeviceOriginX = x;
+ m_externalDeviceOriginY = y;
+ ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
+};
+
+void wxDC::GetDeviceOrigin( long *x, long *y )
+{
+// if (x) *x = m_externalDeviceOriginX;
+// if (y) *y = m_externalDeviceOriginY;
+ if (x) *x = m_deviceOriginX;
+ if (y) *y = m_deviceOriginY;
+};
+
+void wxDC::SetInternalDeviceOrigin( long x, long y )
+{
+ m_internalDeviceOriginX = x;
+ m_internalDeviceOriginY = y;
+ ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
+};
+
+void wxDC::GetInternalDeviceOrigin( long *x, long *y )
+{
+ if (x) *x = m_internalDeviceOriginX;
+ if (y) *y = m_internalDeviceOriginY;
+};
+
+void wxDC::SetAxisOrientation( bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp )
+{
+ m_signX = (xLeftRight ? 1 : -1);
+ m_signY = (yBottomUp ? -1 : 1);
+ ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
+};
+
+long wxDC::DeviceToLogicalX(long x) const
+{
+ return XDEV2LOG(x);
+};
+
+long wxDC::DeviceToLogicalY(long y) const
+{
+ return YDEV2LOG(y);
+};
+
+long wxDC::DeviceToLogicalXRel(long x) const
+{
+ return XDEV2LOGREL(x);
+};
+
+long wxDC::DeviceToLogicalYRel(long y) const
+{
+ return YDEV2LOGREL(y);
+};
+
+long wxDC::LogicalToDeviceX(long x) const
+{
+ return XLOG2DEV(x);
+};
+
+long wxDC::LogicalToDeviceY(long y) const
+{
+ return YLOG2DEV(y);
+};
+
+long wxDC::LogicalToDeviceXRel(long x) const
+{
+ return XLOG2DEVREL(x);
+};
+
+long wxDC::LogicalToDeviceYRel(long y) const
+{
+ return YLOG2DEVREL(y);
+};
+
+void wxDC::CalcBoundingBox( long x, long y )
+{
+ if (x < m_minX) m_minX = x;
+ if (y < m_minY) m_minY = y;
+ if (x > m_maxX) m_maxX = x;
+ if (y > m_maxY) m_maxY = y;
+};
+
+void wxDC::ComputeScaleAndOrigin(void)
+{
+ // CMB: copy scale to see if it changes
+ double origScaleX = m_scaleX;
+ double origScaleY = m_scaleY;
+
+ m_scaleX = m_logicalScaleX * m_userScaleX;
+ m_scaleY = m_logicalScaleY * m_userScaleY;
+
+ m_deviceOriginX = m_internalDeviceOriginX + m_externalDeviceOriginX;
+ m_deviceOriginY = m_internalDeviceOriginY + m_externalDeviceOriginY;
+
+ // CMB: if scale has changed call SetPen to recalulate the line width
+ if (m_scaleX != origScaleX || m_scaleY != origScaleY)
+ {
+ // this is a bit artificial, but we need to force wxDC to think
+ // the pen has changed
+ wxPen* pen = GetPen();
+ wxPen tempPen;
+ m_pen = tempPen;
+ SetPen(pen);
+ }
+};
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dcclient.cpp
+// Purpose: wxClientDC class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 01/02/97
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "dcclient.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dcclient.h"
+#include "wx/dcmemory.h"
+#include <math.h>
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constants
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define RAD2DEG 57.2957795131
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxPaintDC
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+//IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClientDC, wxDC)
+//IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowDC, wxDC)
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPaintDC, wxDC)
+#endif
+
+
+wxPaintDC::wxPaintDC(void)
+{
+};
+
+wxPaintDC::wxPaintDC( wxWindow *window )
+{
+};
+
+wxPaintDC::~wxPaintDC(void)
+{
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::FloodFill( long WXUNUSED(x1), long WXUNUSED(y1),
+ wxColour* WXUNUSED(col), int WXUNUSED(style) )
+{
+};
+
+bool wxPaintDC::GetPixel( long WXUNUSED(x1), long WXUNUSED(y1), wxColour *WXUNUSED(col) ) const
+{
+ return FALSE;
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::DrawLine( long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2 )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::CrossHair( long x, long y )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::DrawArc( long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2, long xc, long yc )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ long xx1 = XLOG2DEV(x1);
+ long yy1 = YLOG2DEV(y1);
+ long xx2 = XLOG2DEV(x2);
+ long yy2 = YLOG2DEV(y2);
+ long xxc = XLOG2DEV((long)xc);
+ long yyc = YLOG2DEV((long)yc);
+ double dx = xx1 - xxc;
+ double dy = yy1 - yyc;
+ double radius = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ long r = (long)radius;
+ double radius1, radius2;
+
+ if (xx1 == xx2 && yy1 == yy2)
+ {
+ radius1 = 0.0;
+ radius2 = 360.0;
+ }
+ else
+ if (radius == 0.0)
+ {
+ radius1 = radius2 = 0.0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ radius1 = (xx1 - xxc == 0) ?
+ (yy1 - yyc < 0) ? 90.0 : -90.0 :
+ -atan2(double(yy1-yyc), double(xx1-xxc)) * RAD2DEG;
+ radius2 = (xx2 - xxc == 0) ?
+ (yy2 - yyc < 0) ? 90.0 : -90.0 :
+ -atan2(double(yy2-yyc), double(xx2-xxc)) * RAD2DEG;
+ };
+ long alpha1 = long(radius1 * 64.0);
+ long alpha2 = long((radius2 - radius1) * 64.0);
+ while (alpha2 <= 0) alpha2 += 360*64;
+ while (alpha1 > 360*64) alpha1 -= 360*64;
+
+ if (m_brush.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT) {};
+
+ if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT) {};
+
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::DrawEllipticArc( long x, long y, long width, long height, double sa, double ea )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ long xx = XLOG2DEV(x);
+ long yy = YLOG2DEV(y);
+ long ww = m_signX * XLOG2DEVREL(width);
+ long hh = m_signY * YLOG2DEVREL(height);
+
+ // CMB: handle -ve width and/or height
+ if (ww < 0) { ww = -ww; xx = xx - ww; }
+ if (hh < 0) { hh = -hh; yy = yy - hh; }
+
+ long start = long(sa * 64.0);
+ long end = long(ea * 64.0);
+ if (m_brush.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT) {};
+
+ if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT) {};
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::DrawPoint( long x, long y )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT) {};
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::DrawLines( int n, wxPoint points[], long xoffset, long yoffset )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ if (m_pen.GetStyle() == wxTRANSPARENT) return;
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < n-1; i++)
+ {
+ long x1 = XLOG2DEV(points[i].x + xoffset);
+ long x2 = XLOG2DEV(points[i+1].x + xoffset);
+ long y1 = YLOG2DEV(points[i].y + yoffset); // oh, what a waste
+ long y2 = YLOG2DEV(points[i+1].y + yoffset);
+ };
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::DrawLines( wxList *points, long xoffset, long yoffset )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ if (m_pen.GetStyle() == wxTRANSPARENT) return;
+
+ wxNode *node = points->First();
+ while (node->Next())
+ {
+ wxPoint *point = (wxPoint*)node->Data();
+ wxPoint *npoint = (wxPoint*)node->Next()->Data();
+ long x1 = XLOG2DEV(point->x + xoffset);
+ long x2 = XLOG2DEV(npoint->x + xoffset);
+ long y1 = YLOG2DEV(point->y + yoffset); // and again...
+ long y2 = YLOG2DEV(npoint->y + yoffset);
+ node = node->Next();
+ };
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::DrawPolygon( int WXUNUSED(n), wxPoint WXUNUSED(points)[],
+ long WXUNUSED(xoffset), long WXUNUSED(yoffset), int WXUNUSED(fillStyle) )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::DrawPolygon( wxList *WXUNUSED(lines), long WXUNUSED(xoffset),
+ long WXUNUSED(yoffset), int WXUNUSED(fillStyle) )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::DrawRectangle( long x, long y, long width, long height )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ long xx = XLOG2DEV(x);
+ long yy = YLOG2DEV(y);
+ long ww = m_signX * XLOG2DEVREL(width);
+ long hh = m_signY * YLOG2DEVREL(height);
+
+ // CMB: draw nothing if transformed w or h is 0
+ if (ww == 0 || hh == 0) return;
+
+ // CMB: handle -ve width and/or height
+ if (ww < 0) { ww = -ww; xx = xx - ww; }
+ if (hh < 0) { hh = -hh; yy = yy - hh; }
+
+ if (m_brush.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT) {};
+
+ if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT) {};
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::DrawRoundedRectangle( long x, long y, long width, long height, double radius )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ if (radius < 0.0) radius = - radius * ((width < height) ? width : height);
+
+ long xx = XLOG2DEV(x);
+ long yy = YLOG2DEV(y);
+ long ww = m_signX * XLOG2DEVREL(width);
+ long hh = m_signY * YLOG2DEVREL(height);
+ long rr = XLOG2DEVREL((long)radius);
+
+ // CMB: handle -ve width and/or height
+ if (ww < 0) { ww = -ww; xx = xx - ww; }
+ if (hh < 0) { hh = -hh; yy = yy - hh; }
+
+ // CMB: if radius is zero use DrawRectangle() instead to avoid
+ // X drawing errors with small radii
+ if (rr == 0)
+ {
+ DrawRectangle( x, y, width, height );
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // CMB: draw nothing if transformed w or h is 0
+ if (ww == 0 || hh == 0) return;
+
+ // CMB: adjust size if outline is drawn otherwise the result is
+ // 1 pixel too wide and high
+ if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
+ {
+ ww--;
+ hh--;
+ }
+
+ // CMB: ensure dd is not larger than rectangle otherwise we
+ // get an hour glass shape
+ long dd = 2 * rr;
+ if (dd > ww) dd = ww;
+ if (dd > hh) dd = hh;
+ rr = dd / 2;
+
+ if (m_brush.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
+ {
+ };
+
+ if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
+ {
+ };
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::DrawEllipse( long x, long y, long width, long height )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ long xx = XLOG2DEV(x);
+ long yy = YLOG2DEV(y);
+ long ww = m_signX * XLOG2DEVREL(width);
+ long hh = m_signY * YLOG2DEVREL(height);
+
+ // CMB: handle -ve width and/or height
+ if (ww < 0) { ww = -ww; xx = xx - ww; }
+ if (hh < 0) { hh = -hh; yy = yy - hh; }
+
+ if (m_brush.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT) {};
+
+ if (m_pen.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT) {};
+};
+
+bool wxPaintDC::CanDrawBitmap(void) const
+{
+ return TRUE;
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::DrawIcon( const wxIcon &icon, long x, long y, bool useMask )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ if (!icon.Ok()) return;
+
+ int xx = XLOG2DEV(x);
+ int yy = YLOG2DEV(y);
+
+};
+
+bool wxPaintDC::Blit( long xdest, long ydest, long width, long height,
+ wxDC *source, long xsrc, long ysrc, int WXUNUSED(logical_func), bool WXUNUSED(useMask) )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return FALSE;
+
+ // CMB 20/5/98: add blitting of bitmaps
+ if (source->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMemoryDC)))
+ {
+ wxMemoryDC* srcDC = (wxMemoryDC*)source;
+ /*
+ GdkBitmap* bmap = srcDC->m_selected.GetBitmap();
+ if (bmap)
+ {
+ gdk_draw_bitmap (
+ m_window,
+ m_textGC,
+ bmap,
+ source->DeviceToLogicalX(xsrc), source->DeviceToLogicalY(ysrc),
+ XLOG2DEV(xdest), YLOG2DEV(ydest),
+ source->DeviceToLogicalXRel(width), source->DeviceToLogicalYRel(height)
+ );
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ */
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::DrawText( const wxString &text, long x, long y, bool
+WXUNUSED(use16) )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+};
+
+
+
+bool wxPaintDC::CanGetTextExtent(void) const
+{
+ return TRUE;
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::GetTextExtent( const wxString &string, long *width, long *height,
+ long *WXUNUSED(descent), long *WXUNUSED(externalLeading),
+ wxFont *WXUNUSED(theFont), bool WXUNUSED(use16) )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+};
+
+long wxPaintDC::GetCharWidth(void)
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return 0;
+ return 0;
+};
+
+long wxPaintDC::GetCharHeight(void)
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return 0;
+ return 0;
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::Clear(void)
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::SetFont( const wxFont &font )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ m_font = font;
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::SetPen( const wxPen &pen )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ if (m_pen == pen) return;
+
+ m_pen = pen;
+
+ if (!m_pen.Ok()) return;
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::SetBrush( const wxBrush &brush )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ if (m_brush == brush) return;
+
+ m_brush = brush;
+
+ if (!m_brush.Ok()) return;
+
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::SetBackground( const wxBrush &brush )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ if (m_backgroundBrush == brush) return;
+
+ m_backgroundBrush = brush;
+
+ if (!m_backgroundBrush.Ok()) return;
+
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::SetLogicalFunction( int function )
+{
+ if (m_logicalFunction == function) return;
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::SetTextForeground( const wxColour &col )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ if (m_textForegroundColour == col) return;
+
+ m_textForegroundColour = col;
+ if (!m_textForegroundColour.Ok()) return;
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::SetTextBackground( const wxColour &col )
+{
+ if (!Ok()) return;
+
+ if (m_textBackgroundColour == col) return;
+
+ m_textBackgroundColour = col;
+ if (!m_textBackgroundColour.Ok()) return;
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::SetBackgroundMode( int mode )
+{
+ m_backgroundMode = mode;
+
+ if (m_brush.GetStyle() != wxSOLID && m_brush.GetStyle() != wxTRANSPARENT)
+ {
+ }
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::SetPalette( const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette) )
+{
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::SetClippingRegion( long x, long y, long width, long height )
+{
+ wxDC::SetClippingRegion( x, y, width, height );
+
+};
+
+void wxPaintDC::DestroyClippingRegion(void)
+{
+ wxDC::DestroyClippingRegion();
+
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------- spline code ----------------------------------------
+
+void wx_quadratic_spline(double a1, double b1, double a2, double b2,
+ double a3, double b3, double a4, double b4);
+void wx_clear_stack(void);
+int wx_spline_pop(double *x1, double *y1, double *x2, double *y2, double *x3,
+ double *y3, double *x4, double *y4);
+void wx_spline_push(double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2, double x3, double y3,
+ double x4, double y4);
+static bool wx_spline_add_point(double x, double y);
+static void wx_spline_draw_point_array(wxDC *dc);
+
+wxList wx_spline_point_list;
+
+#define half(z1, z2) ((z1+z2)/2.0)
+#define THRESHOLD 5
+
+/* iterative version */
+
+void wx_quadratic_spline(double a1, double b1, double a2, double b2, double a3, double b3, double a4,
+ double b4)
+{
+ register double xmid, ymid;
+ double x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, x4, y4;
+
+ wx_clear_stack();
+ wx_spline_push(a1, b1, a2, b2, a3, b3, a4, b4);
+
+ while (wx_spline_pop(&x1, &y1, &x2, &y2, &x3, &y3, &x4, &y4)) {
+ xmid = (double)half(x2, x3);
+ ymid = (double)half(y2, y3);
+ if (fabs(x1 - xmid) < THRESHOLD && fabs(y1 - ymid) < THRESHOLD &&
+ fabs(xmid - x4) < THRESHOLD && fabs(ymid - y4) < THRESHOLD) {
+ wx_spline_add_point( x1, y1 );
+ wx_spline_add_point( xmid, ymid );
+ } else {
+ wx_spline_push(xmid, ymid, (double)half(xmid, x3), (double)half(ymid, y3),
+ (double)half(x3, x4), (double)half(y3, y4), x4, y4);
+ wx_spline_push(x1, y1, (double)half(x1, x2), (double)half(y1, y2),
+ (double)half(x2, xmid), (double)half(y2, ymid), xmid, ymid);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* utilities used by spline drawing routines */
+
+typedef struct wx_spline_stack_struct {
+ double x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, x4, y4;
+} Stack;
+
+#define SPLINE_STACK_DEPTH 20
+static Stack wx_spline_stack[SPLINE_STACK_DEPTH];
+static Stack *wx_stack_top;
+static int wx_stack_count;
+
+void wx_clear_stack(void)
+{
+ wx_stack_top = wx_spline_stack;
+ wx_stack_count = 0;
+}
+
+void wx_spline_push(double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2, double x3, double y3, double x4, double y4)
+{
+ wx_stack_top->x1 = x1;
+ wx_stack_top->y1 = y1;
+ wx_stack_top->x2 = x2;
+ wx_stack_top->y2 = y2;
+ wx_stack_top->x3 = x3;
+ wx_stack_top->y3 = y3;
+ wx_stack_top->x4 = x4;
+ wx_stack_top->y4 = y4;
+ wx_stack_top++;
+ wx_stack_count++;
+}
+
+int wx_spline_pop(double *x1, double *y1, double *x2, double *y2,
+ double *x3, double *y3, double *x4, double *y4)
+{
+ if (wx_stack_count == 0)
+ return (0);
+ wx_stack_top--;
+ wx_stack_count--;
+ *x1 = wx_stack_top->x1;
+ *y1 = wx_stack_top->y1;
+ *x2 = wx_stack_top->x2;
+ *y2 = wx_stack_top->y2;
+ *x3 = wx_stack_top->x3;
+ *y3 = wx_stack_top->y3;
+ *x4 = wx_stack_top->x4;
+ *y4 = wx_stack_top->y4;
+ return (1);
+}
+
+static bool wx_spline_add_point(double x, double y)
+{
+ wxPoint *point = new wxPoint ;
+ point->x = (int) x;
+ point->y = (int) y;
+ wx_spline_point_list.Append((wxObject*)point);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void wx_spline_draw_point_array(wxDC *dc)
+{
+ dc->DrawLines(&wx_spline_point_list, 0, 0 );
+ wxNode *node = wx_spline_point_list.First();
+ while (node)
+ {
+ wxPoint *point = (wxPoint *)node->Data();
+ delete point;
+ delete node;
+ node = wx_spline_point_list.First();
+ }
+}
+
+void wxPaintDC::DrawOpenSpline( wxList *points )
+{
+ wxPoint *p;
+ double cx1, cy1, cx2, cy2, cx3, cy3, cx4, cy4;
+ double x1, y1, x2, y2;
+
+ wxNode *node = points->First();
+ p = (wxPoint *)node->Data();
+
+ x1 = p->x;
+ y1 = p->y;
+
+ node = node->Next();
+ p = (wxPoint *)node->Data();
+
+ x2 = p->x;
+ y2 = p->y;
+ cx1 = (double)((x1 + x2) / 2);
+ cy1 = (double)((y1 + y2) / 2);
+ cx2 = (double)((cx1 + x2) / 2);
+ cy2 = (double)((cy1 + y2) / 2);
+
+ wx_spline_add_point(x1, y1);
+
+ while ((node = node->Next()) != NULL)
+ {
+ p = (wxPoint *)node->Data();
+ x1 = x2;
+ y1 = y2;
+ x2 = p->x;
+ y2 = p->y;
+ cx4 = (double)(x1 + x2) / 2;
+ cy4 = (double)(y1 + y2) / 2;
+ cx3 = (double)(x1 + cx4) / 2;
+ cy3 = (double)(y1 + cy4) / 2;
+
+ wx_quadratic_spline(cx1, cy1, cx2, cy2, cx3, cy3, cx4, cy4);
+
+ cx1 = cx4;
+ cy1 = cy4;
+ cx2 = (double)(cx1 + x2) / 2;
+ cy2 = (double)(cy1 + y2) / 2;
+ }
+
+ wx_spline_add_point( cx1, cy1 );
+ wx_spline_add_point( x2, y2 );
+
+ wx_spline_draw_point_array( this );
+};
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dcmemory.cpp
+// Purpose: wxMemoryDC class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 01/02/97
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "dcmemory.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dcmemory.h"
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMemoryDC
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMemoryDC,wxPaintDC)
+
+wxMemoryDC::wxMemoryDC(void)
+{
+ m_ok = FALSE;
+};
+
+wxMemoryDC::wxMemoryDC( wxDC *WXUNUSED(dc) )
+{
+ m_ok = FALSE;
+};
+
+wxMemoryDC::~wxMemoryDC(void)
+{
+};
+
+void wxMemoryDC::SelectObject( const wxBitmap& bitmap )
+{
+ m_selected = bitmap;
+ if (m_selected.Ok())
+ {
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ m_ok = FALSE;
+ };
+};
+
+void wxMemoryDC::GetSize( int *width, int *height ) const
+{
+ if (m_selected.Ok())
+ {
+ if (width) (*width) = m_selected.GetWidth();
+ if (height) (*height) = m_selected.GetHeight();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (width) (*width) = 0;
+ if (height) (*height) = 0;
+ };
+};
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dcscreen.cpp
+// Purpose: wxScreenDC class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "dcscreen.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dcscreen.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScreenDC, wxPaintDC)
+#endif
+
+// Create a DC representing the whole screen
+wxScreenDC::wxScreenDC()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxScreenDC::~wxScreenDC()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dialog.cpp
+// Purpose: wxDialog class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "dialog.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dialog.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+#include "wx/frame.h"
+#include "wx/app.h"
+#include "wx/settings.h"
+
+// Lists to keep track of windows, so we can disable/enable them
+// for modal dialogs
+wxList wxModalDialogs;
+wxList wxModelessWindows; // Frames and modeless dialogs
+extern wxList wxPendingDelete;
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog, wxPanel)
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDialog, wxPanel)
+ EVT_BUTTON(wxID_OK, wxDialog::OnOK)
+ EVT_BUTTON(wxID_APPLY, wxDialog::OnApply)
+ EVT_BUTTON(wxID_CANCEL, wxDialog::OnCancel)
+ EVT_CHAR_HOOK(wxDialog::OnCharHook)
+ EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxDialog::OnSysColourChanged)
+ EVT_CLOSE(wxDialog::OnCloseWindow)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+
+#endif
+
+wxDialog::wxDialog()
+{
+ SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE));
+}
+
+bool wxDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE));
+ SetName(name);
+
+ if (!parent)
+ wxTopLevelWindows.Append(this);
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ // TODO: create dialog
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxDialog::SetModal(bool flag)
+{
+ if ( flag )
+ m_windowStyle |= wxDIALOG_MODAL ;
+ else
+ if ( m_windowStyle & wxDIALOG_MODAL )
+ m_windowStyle -= wxDIALOG_MODAL ;
+
+ wxModelessWindows.DeleteObject(this);
+ if (!flag)
+ wxModelessWindows.Append(this);
+}
+
+wxDialog::~wxDialog()
+{
+ // TODO
+ wxTopLevelWindows.DeleteObject(this);
+
+ if ( (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxDIALOG_MODAL) != wxDIALOG_MODAL )
+ wxModelessWindows.DeleteObject(this);
+
+ // If this is the last top-level window, exit.
+ if (wxTheApp && (wxTopLevelWindows.Number() == 0))
+ {
+ wxTheApp->SetTopWindow(NULL);
+
+ if (wxTheApp->GetExitOnFrameDelete())
+ {
+ // TODO: exit
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// By default, pressing escape cancels the dialog
+void wxDialog::OnCharHook(wxKeyEvent& event)
+{
+ if (event.m_keyCode == WXK_ESCAPE)
+ {
+ // Behaviour changed in 2.0: we'll send a Cancel message
+ // to the dialog instead of Close.
+ wxCommandEvent cancelEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, wxID_CANCEL);
+ cancelEvent.SetEventObject( this );
+ GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(cancelEvent);
+
+ return;
+ }
+ // We didn't process this event.
+ event.Skip();
+}
+
+void wxDialog::Iconize(bool WXUNUSED(iconize))
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+bool wxDialog::IsIconized() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxDialog::SetClientSize(int width, int height)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxDialog::GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+bool wxDialog::Show(bool show)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxDialog::SetTitle(const wxString& title)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxString wxDialog::GetTitle() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+void wxDialog::Centre(int direction)
+{
+ int x_offset,y_offset ;
+ int display_width, display_height;
+ int width, height, x, y;
+ wxFrame *frame ;
+ if (direction & wxCENTER_FRAME)
+ {
+ frame = (wxFrame*)GetParent() ;
+ if (frame)
+ {
+ frame->GetPosition(&x_offset,&y_offset) ;
+ frame->GetSize(&display_width,&display_height) ;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ frame = NULL ;
+
+ if (frame==NULL)
+ {
+ wxDisplaySize(&display_width, &display_height);
+ x_offset = 0 ;
+ y_offset = 0 ;
+ }
+
+ GetSize(&width, &height);
+ GetPosition(&x, &y);
+
+ if (direction & wxHORIZONTAL)
+ x = (int)((display_width - width)/2);
+ if (direction & wxVERTICAL)
+ y = (int)((display_height - height)/2);
+
+ SetSize(x+x_offset, y+y_offset, width, height);
+}
+
+// Replacement for Show(TRUE) for modal dialogs - returns return code
+int wxDialog::ShowModal()
+{
+ m_windowStyle |= wxDIALOG_MODAL;
+ // TODO: modal showing
+ Show(TRUE);
+ return GetReturnCode();
+}
+
+void wxDialog::EndModal(int retCode)
+{
+ SetReturnCode(retCode);
+ // TODO modal un-showing
+ Show(FALSE);
+}
+
+// Standard buttons
+void wxDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event)
+{
+ if ( Validate() && TransferDataFromWindow() )
+ {
+ if ( IsModal() )
+ EndModal(wxID_OK);
+ else
+ {
+ SetReturnCode(wxID_OK);
+ this->Show(FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void wxDialog::OnApply(wxCommandEvent& event)
+{
+ if (Validate())
+ TransferDataFromWindow();
+ // TODO probably need to disable the Apply button until things change again
+}
+
+void wxDialog::OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event)
+{
+ if ( IsModal() )
+ EndModal(wxID_CANCEL);
+ else
+ {
+ SetReturnCode(wxID_CANCEL);
+ this->Show(FALSE);
+ }
+}
+
+bool wxDialog::OnClose()
+{
+ // Behaviour changed in 2.0: we'll send a Cancel message by default,
+ // which may close the dialog.
+ // Check for looping if the Cancel event handler calls Close()
+
+ static wxList closing;
+
+ if ( closing.Member(this) )
+ return FALSE;
+
+ closing.Append(this);
+
+ wxCommandEvent cancelEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, wxID_CANCEL);
+ cancelEvent.SetEventObject( this );
+ GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(cancelEvent);
+
+ closing.DeleteObject(this);
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxDialog::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event)
+{
+ // Compatibility
+ if ( GetEventHandler()->OnClose() || event.GetForce())
+ {
+ this->Destroy();
+ }
+}
+
+// Destroy the window (delayed, if a managed window)
+bool wxDialog::Destroy()
+{
+ if (!wxPendingDelete.Member(this))
+ wxPendingDelete.Append(this);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void wxDialog::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event)
+{
+ SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE));
+ Refresh();
+}
+
+void wxDialog::Fit()
+{
+}
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dirdlg.cpp
+// Purpose: wxDirDialog
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "dirdlg.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+#include "wx/dialog.h"
+#include "wx/dirdlg.h"
+
+#include "wx/cmndata.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDirDialog, wxDialog)
+#endif
+
+wxDirDialog::wxDirDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message,
+ const wxString& defaultPath,
+ long style, const wxPoint& pos)
+{
+ m_message = message;
+ m_dialogStyle = style;
+ m_parent = parent;
+ m_path = defaultPath;
+}
+
+int wxDirDialog::ShowModal()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxID_CANCEL;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: dnd.cpp
+// Purpose: wxDropTarget, wxDropSource, wxDataObject implementation
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "dnd.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/dnd.h"
+#include "wx/window.h"
+#include "wx/app.h"
+#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// global
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDropTarget
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+wxDropTarget::wxDropTarget()
+{
+};
+
+wxDropTarget::~wxDropTarget()
+{
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxTextDropTarget
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxTextDropTarget::OnDrop( long x, long y, const void *pData )
+{
+ OnDropText( x, y, (const char*)pData );
+ return TRUE;
+};
+
+bool wxTextDropTarget::OnDropText( long x, long y, const char *psz )
+{
+ printf( "Got dropped text: %s.\n", psz );
+ printf( "At x: %d, y: %d.\n", (int)x, (int)y );
+ return TRUE;
+};
+
+size_t wxTextDropTarget::GetFormatCount() const
+{
+ return 1;
+}
+
+wxDataFormat wxTextDropTarget::GetFormat(size_t WXUNUSED(n)) const
+{
+ return wxDF_TEXT;
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxFileDropTarget
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxFileDropTarget::OnDropFiles( long x, long y, size_t nFiles, const char * const WXUNUSED(aszFiles)[] )
+{
+ printf( "Got %d dropped files.\n", (int)nFiles );
+ printf( "At x: %d, y: %d.\n", (int)x, (int)y );
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool wxFileDropTarget::OnDrop(long x, long y, const void *WXUNUSED(pData) )
+{
+ char *str = "/this/is/a/path.txt";
+
+ return OnDropFiles(x, y, 1, &str );
+}
+
+size_t wxFileDropTarget::GetFormatCount() const
+{
+ return 1;
+}
+
+wxDataFormat wxFileDropTarget::GetFormat(size_t WXUNUSED(n)) const
+{
+ return wxDF_FILENAME;
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxDropSource
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// drag request
+
+wxDropSource::wxDropSource( wxWindow *win )
+{
+ // TODO
+ // m_window = win;
+ m_data = NULL;
+
+ // m_defaultCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_NO_ENTRY );
+ // m_goaheadCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_HAND );
+};
+
+wxDropSource::wxDropSource( wxDataObject &data, wxWindow *win )
+{
+ // TODO
+ // m_window = win;
+ m_data = &data;
+
+ // m_defaultCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_NO_ENTRY );
+ // m_goaheadCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_HAND );
+};
+
+void wxDropSource::SetData( wxDataObject &data )
+{
+ m_data = &data;
+};
+
+wxDropSource::~wxDropSource(void)
+{
+};
+
+wxDragResult wxDropSource::DoDragDrop( bool WXUNUSED(bAllowMove) )
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxDragError;
+};
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: filedlg.cpp
+// Purpose: wxFileDialog
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "filedlg.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+#include "wx/dialog.h"
+#include "wx/filedlg.h"
+#include "wx/intl.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxFileDialog, wxDialog)
+#endif
+
+char *wxFileSelector(const char *title,
+ const char *defaultDir, const char *defaultFileName,
+ const char *defaultExtension, const char *filter, int flags,
+ wxWindow *parent, int x, int y)
+{
+ // If there's a default extension specified but no filter, we create a suitable
+ // filter.
+
+ wxString filter2("");
+ if ( defaultExtension && !filter )
+ filter2 = wxString("*.") + wxString(defaultExtension) ;
+ else if ( filter )
+ filter2 = filter;
+
+ wxString defaultDirString;
+ if (defaultDir)
+ defaultDirString = defaultDir;
+ else
+ defaultDirString = "";
+
+ wxString defaultFilenameString;
+ if (defaultFileName)
+ defaultFilenameString = defaultFileName;
+ else
+ defaultFilenameString = "";
+
+ wxFileDialog fileDialog(parent, title, defaultDirString, defaultFilenameString, filter2, flags, wxPoint(x, y));
+
+ if ( fileDialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK )
+ {
+ strcpy(wxBuffer, (const char *)fileDialog.GetPath());
+ return wxBuffer;
+ }
+ else
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+char *wxFileSelectorEx(const char *title,
+ const char *defaultDir,
+ const char *defaultFileName,
+ int* defaultFilterIndex,
+ const char *filter,
+ int flags,
+ wxWindow* parent,
+ int x,
+ int y)
+
+{
+ wxFileDialog fileDialog(parent, title ? title : "", defaultDir ? defaultDir : "",
+ defaultFileName ? defaultFileName : "", filter ? filter : "", flags, wxPoint(x, y));
+
+ if ( fileDialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK )
+ {
+ *defaultFilterIndex = fileDialog.GetFilterIndex();
+ strcpy(wxBuffer, (const char *)fileDialog.GetPath());
+ return wxBuffer;
+ }
+ else
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+wxFileDialog::wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message,
+ const wxString& defaultDir, const wxString& defaultFileName, const wxString& wildCard,
+ long style, const wxPoint& pos)
+{
+ m_message = message;
+ m_dialogStyle = style;
+ m_parent = parent;
+ m_path = "";
+ m_fileName = defaultFileName;
+ m_dir = defaultDir;
+ m_wildCard = wildCard;
+ m_filterIndex = 1;
+}
+
+int wxFileDialog::ShowModal()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxID_CANCEL;
+}
+
+// Generic file load/save dialog
+static char *
+wxDefaultFileSelector(bool load, const char *what, const char *extension, const char *default_name, wxWindow *parent)
+{
+ char *ext = (char *)extension;
+
+ char prompt[50];
+ wxString str;
+ if (load)
+ str = "Load %s file";
+ else
+ str = "Save %s file";
+ sprintf(prompt, wxGetTranslation(str), what);
+
+ if (*ext == '.') ext++;
+ char wild[60];
+ sprintf(wild, "*.%s", ext);
+
+ return wxFileSelector (prompt, NULL, default_name, ext, wild, 0, parent);
+}
+
+// Generic file load dialog
+char *
+wxLoadFileSelector(const char *what, const char *extension, const char *default_name, wxWindow *parent)
+{
+ return wxDefaultFileSelector(TRUE, what, extension, default_name, parent);
+}
+
+
+// Generic file save dialog
+char *
+wxSaveFileSelector(const char *what, const char *extension, const char *default_name, wxWindow *parent)
+{
+ return wxDefaultFileSelector(FALSE, what, extension, default_name, parent);
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: font.cpp
+// Purpose: wxFont class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "font.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/defs.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+#include "wx/font.h"
+#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARIES
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont, wxGDIObject)
+#endif
+
+wxFontRefData::wxFontRefData()
+{
+ m_style = 0;
+ m_pointSize = 0;
+ m_family = 0;
+ m_style = 0;
+ m_weight = 0;
+ m_underlined = 0;
+ m_faceName = "";
+/* TODO
+ m_hFont = 0;
+*/
+}
+
+wxFontRefData::wxFontRefData(const wxFontRefData& data)
+{
+ m_style = data.m_style;
+ m_pointSize = data.m_pointSize;
+ m_family = data.m_family;
+ m_style = data.m_style;
+ m_weight = data.m_weight;
+ m_underlined = data.m_underlined;
+ m_faceName = data.m_faceName;
+/* TODO
+ m_hFont = 0;
+*/
+}
+
+wxFontRefData::~wxFontRefData()
+{
+ // TODO: delete font data
+}
+
+wxFont::wxFont()
+{
+ if ( wxTheFontList )
+ wxTheFontList->Append(this);
+}
+
+wxFont::wxFont(int pointSize, int family, int style, int weight, bool underlined, const wxString& faceName)
+{
+ Create(pointSize, family, style, weight, underlined, faceName);
+
+ if ( wxTheFontList )
+ wxTheFontList->Append(this);
+}
+
+bool wxFont::Create(int pointSize, int family, int style, int weight, bool underlined, const wxString& faceName)
+{
+ UnRef();
+ m_refData = new wxFontRefData;
+
+ M_FONTDATA->m_family = family;
+ M_FONTDATA->m_style = style;
+ M_FONTDATA->m_weight = weight;
+ M_FONTDATA->m_pointSize = pointSize;
+ M_FONTDATA->m_underlined = underlined;
+ M_FONTDATA->m_faceName = faceName;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+wxFont::~wxFont()
+{
+ if (wxTheFontList)
+ wxTheFontList->DeleteObject(this);
+}
+
+bool wxFont::RealizeResource()
+{
+ // TODO: create the font (if there is a native font object)
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxFont::Unshare()
+{
+ // Don't change shared data
+ if (!m_refData)
+ {
+ m_refData = new wxFontRefData();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ wxFontRefData* ref = new wxFontRefData(*(wxFontRefData*)m_refData);
+ UnRef();
+ m_refData = ref;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxFont::SetPointSize(int pointSize)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_FONTDATA->m_pointSize = pointSize;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxFont::SetFamily(int family)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_FONTDATA->m_family = family;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxFont::SetStyle(int style)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_FONTDATA->m_style = style;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxFont::SetWeight(int weight)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_FONTDATA->m_weight = weight;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxFont::SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_FONTDATA->m_faceName = faceName;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxFont::SetUnderlined(bool underlined)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_FONTDATA->m_underlined = underlined;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+wxString wxFont::GetFamilyString() const
+{
+ wxString fam("");
+ switch (GetFamily())
+ {
+ case wxDECORATIVE:
+ fam = "wxDECORATIVE";
+ break;
+ case wxROMAN:
+ fam = "wxROMAN";
+ break;
+ case wxSCRIPT:
+ fam = "wxSCRIPT";
+ break;
+ case wxSWISS:
+ fam = "wxSWISS";
+ break;
+ case wxMODERN:
+ fam = "wxMODERN";
+ break;
+ case wxTELETYPE:
+ fam = "wxTELETYPE";
+ break;
+ default:
+ fam = "wxDEFAULT";
+ break;
+ }
+ return fam;
+}
+
+/* New font system */
+wxString wxFont::GetFaceName() const
+{
+ wxString str("");
+ if (M_FONTDATA)
+ str = M_FONTDATA->m_faceName ;
+ return str;
+}
+
+wxString wxFont::GetStyleString() const
+{
+ wxString styl("");
+ switch (GetStyle())
+ {
+ case wxITALIC:
+ styl = "wxITALIC";
+ break;
+ case wxSLANT:
+ styl = "wxSLANT";
+ break;
+ default:
+ styl = "wxNORMAL";
+ break;
+ }
+ return styl;
+}
+
+wxString wxFont::GetWeightString() const
+{
+ wxString w("");
+ switch (GetWeight())
+ {
+ case wxBOLD:
+ w = "wxBOLD";
+ break;
+ case wxLIGHT:
+ w = "wxLIGHT";
+ break;
+ default:
+ w = "wxNORMAL";
+ break;
+ }
+ return w;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: fontdlg.cpp
+// Purpose: wxFontDialog class. NOTE: you can use the generic class
+// if you wish, instead of implementing this.
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "fontdlg.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/stubs/fontdlg.h"
+#include "wx/cmndata.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontDialog, wxDialog)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * wxFontDialog
+ */
+
+wxFontDialog::wxFontDialog()
+{
+ m_dialogParent = NULL;
+}
+
+wxFontDialog::wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxFontData *data)
+{
+ Create(parent, data);
+}
+
+bool wxFontDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxFontData *data)
+{
+ m_dialogParent = parent;
+
+ if (data)
+ m_fontData = *data;
+
+ // TODO: you may need to do dialog creation here, unless it's
+ // done in ShowModal.
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int wxFontDialog::ShowModal()
+{
+ // TODO: show (maybe create) the dialog
+ return wxID_CANCEL;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: frame.cpp
+// Purpose: wxFrame
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "frame.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/frame.h"
+#include "wx/statusbr.h"
+#include "wx/toolbar.h"
+#include "wx/menuitem.h"
+#include "wx/menu.h"
+#include "wx/dcclient.h"
+#include "wx/dialog.h"
+#include "wx/settings.h"
+#include "wx/app.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+
+#if defined(__ultrix) || defined(__sgi)
+#include <Xm/Frame.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <Xm/Xm.h>
+#include <X11/Shell.h>
+#if XmVersion >= 1002
+#include <Xm/XmAll.h>
+#else
+#include <Xm/Frame.h>
+#endif
+#include <Xm/MwmUtil.h>
+#include <Xm/BulletinB.h>
+#include <Xm/Form.h>
+#include <Xm/MainW.h>
+#include <Xm/RowColumn.h>
+#include <Xm/Label.h>
+#include <Xm/AtomMgr.h>
+#include <Xm/LabelG.h>
+#include <Xm/Frame.h>
+#if XmVersion > 1000
+#include <Xm/Protocols.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/motif/private.h"
+
+void wxCloseFrameCallback(Widget, XtPointer, XmAnyCallbackStruct *cbs);
+static void wxFrameFocusProc(Widget workArea, XtPointer clientData,
+ XmAnyCallbackStruct *cbs);
+static void wxFrameMapProc(Widget frameShell, XtPointer clientData,
+ XCrossingEvent * event);
+
+extern wxList wxModelessWindows;
+extern wxList wxPendingDelete;
+
+// TODO: this should be tidied so that any frame can be the
+// top frame
+static bool wxTopLevelUsed = FALSE;
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxFrame, wxWindow)
+ EVT_SIZE(wxFrame::OnSize)
+ EVT_ACTIVATE(wxFrame::OnActivate)
+ EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL(wxFrame::OnMenuHighlight)
+ EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxFrame::OnSysColourChanged)
+ EVT_IDLE(wxFrame::OnIdle)
+ EVT_CLOSE(wxFrame::OnCloseWindow)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame, wxWindow)
+#endif
+
+#if USE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
+bool wxFrame::m_useNativeStatusBar = TRUE;
+#else
+bool wxFrame::m_useNativeStatusBar = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+wxFrame::wxFrame()
+{
+ m_frameToolBar = NULL ;
+ m_frameMenuBar = NULL;
+ m_frameStatusBar = NULL;
+
+ m_windowParent = NULL;
+ m_iconized = FALSE;
+
+ //// Motif-specific
+ m_frameShell = (WXWidget) NULL;
+ m_frameWidget = (WXWidget) NULL;;
+ m_workArea = (WXWidget) NULL;;
+ m_clientArea = (WXWidget) NULL;;
+ m_visibleStatus = TRUE;
+ m_title = "";
+}
+
+bool wxFrame::Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ if (!parent)
+ wxTopLevelWindows.Append(this);
+
+ SetName(name);
+
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+ m_frameMenuBar = NULL;
+ m_frameToolBar = NULL ;
+ m_frameStatusBar = NULL;
+
+ //// Motif-specific
+ m_frameShell = (WXWidget) NULL;
+ m_frameWidget = (WXWidget) NULL;;
+ m_workArea = (WXWidget) NULL;;
+ m_clientArea = (WXWidget) NULL;;
+ m_visibleStatus = TRUE;
+ m_title = "";
+
+ SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_APPWORKSPACE));
+
+ if ( id > -1 )
+ m_windowId = id;
+ else
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ wxModelessWindows.Append(this);
+
+ int x = pos.x; int y = pos.y;
+ int width = size.x; int height = size.y;
+
+ if (wxTopLevelUsed)
+ // Change suggested by Matthew Flatt
+ m_frameShell = (WXWidget) XtAppCreateShell(name, wxTheApp->GetClassName(), topLevelShellWidgetClass, (Display*) wxGetDisplay(), NULL, 0);
+ else
+ {
+ m_frameShell = wxTheApp->GetTopLevelWidget();
+ wxTopLevelUsed = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameShell,
+ // Allows menu to resize
+ XmNallowShellResize, True,
+ XmNdeleteResponse, XmDO_NOTHING,
+ XmNmappedWhenManaged, False,
+ XmNiconic, (style & wxICONIZE) ? TRUE : FALSE,
+ NULL);
+
+ if (!title.IsNull())
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameShell,
+ XmNtitle, (const char*) title,
+ NULL);
+
+ m_frameWidget = (WXWidget) XtVaCreateManagedWidget("main_window",
+ xmMainWindowWidgetClass, (Widget) m_frameShell,
+ XmNresizePolicy, XmRESIZE_NONE,
+ NULL);
+
+ m_workArea = (WXWidget) XtVaCreateWidget("form",
+ xmFormWidgetClass, (Widget) m_frameWidget,
+ XmNresizePolicy, XmRESIZE_NONE,
+ NULL);
+
+ m_clientArea = (WXWidget) XtVaCreateWidget("client",
+ xmBulletinBoardWidgetClass, (Widget) m_workArea,
+ XmNmarginWidth, 0,
+ XmNmarginHeight, 0,
+ XmNrightAttachment, XmATTACH_FORM,
+ XmNleftAttachment, XmATTACH_FORM,
+ XmNtopAttachment, XmATTACH_FORM,
+ XmNbottomAttachment, XmATTACH_FORM,
+// XmNresizePolicy, XmRESIZE_ANY,
+ NULL);
+
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameWidget,
+ XmNworkWindow, (Widget) m_workArea,
+ NULL);
+
+
+ XtManageChild((Widget) m_clientArea);
+ XtManageChild((Widget) m_workArea);
+
+ wxASSERT_MSG ((wxWidgetHashTable->Get((long)m_workArea) == (wxObject*) NULL), "Widget table clash in frame.cpp") ;
+
+ wxAddWindowToTable((Widget) m_workArea, this);
+
+ XtTranslations ptr ;
+
+ XtOverrideTranslations((Widget) m_workArea,
+ ptr = XtParseTranslationTable("<Configure>: resize()"));
+
+ XtFree((char *)ptr);
+
+ XtAddCallback((Widget) m_workArea, XmNfocusCallback,
+ (XtCallbackProc)wxFrameFocusProc, (XtPointer)this);
+
+ /* Part of show-&-hide fix */
+ XtAddEventHandler((Widget) m_frameShell, StructureNotifyMask,
+ False, (XtEventHandler)wxFrameMapProc,
+ (XtPointer)m_workArea);
+
+ if (x > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameShell, XmNx, x, NULL);
+ if (y > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameShell, XmNy, y, NULL);
+ if (width > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameShell, XmNwidth, width, NULL);
+ if (height > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameShell, XmNheight, height, NULL);
+
+ m_mainWidget = m_frameWidget;
+
+ // This patch comes from Torsten Liermann lier@lier1.muc.de
+ if (XmIsMotifWMRunning( (Widget) wxTheApp->GetTopLevelWidget()))
+ {
+ int decor = 0 ;
+ if (style & wxRESIZE_BORDER)
+ decor |= MWM_DECOR_RESIZEH ;
+ if (style & wxSYSTEM_MENU)
+ decor |= MWM_DECOR_MENU;
+ if ((style & wxCAPTION) ||
+ (style & wxTINY_CAPTION_HORIZ) ||
+ (style & wxTINY_CAPTION_VERT))
+ decor |= MWM_DECOR_TITLE;
+ if (style & wxTHICK_FRAME)
+ decor |= MWM_DECOR_BORDER;
+ if (style & wxTHICK_FRAME)
+ decor |= MWM_DECOR_BORDER;
+ if (style & wxMINIMIZE_BOX)
+ decor |= MWM_DECOR_MINIMIZE;
+ if (style & wxMAXIMIZE_BOX)
+ decor |= MWM_DECOR_MAXIMIZE;
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameShell,XmNmwmDecorations,decor,NULL) ;
+ }
+ // This allows non-Motif window managers to support at least the
+ // no-decorations case.
+ else
+ {
+ if (style == 0)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameShell,XmNoverrideRedirect,TRUE,NULL);
+ }
+ XtRealizeWidget((Widget) m_frameShell);
+
+ // Intercept CLOSE messages from the window manager
+ Atom WM_DELETE_WINDOW = XmInternAtom(XtDisplay((Widget) m_frameShell), "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False);
+#if (XmREVISION > 1 || XmVERSION > 1)
+ XmAddWMProtocolCallback((Widget) m_frameShell, WM_DELETE_WINDOW, (XtCallbackProc) wxCloseFrameCallback, (XtPointer)this);
+#else
+#if XmREVISION == 1
+ XmAddWMProtocolCallback((Widget) m_frameShell, WM_DELETE_WINDOW, (XtCallbackProc) wxCloseFrameCallback, (caddr_t)this);
+#else
+ XmAddWMProtocolCallback((Widget) m_frameShell, WM_DELETE_WINDOW, (void (*)())wxCloseFrameCallback, (caddr_t)this);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+ PreResize();
+
+ wxSizeEvent sizeEvent(wxSize(width, height), GetId());
+ sizeEvent.SetEventObject(this);
+
+ GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(sizeEvent);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+wxFrame::~wxFrame()
+{
+ if (GetMainWidget())
+ Show(FALSE);
+
+ if (m_frameMenuBar)
+ {
+// Hack to stop core dump on Ultrix, OSF, for some strange reason.
+#if MOTIF_MENUBAR_DELETE_FIX
+ GetMenuBar()->SetMainWidget((WXWidget) NULL);
+#endif
+ delete m_frameMenuBar;
+ m_frameMenuBar = NULL;
+ }
+
+ wxTopLevelWindows.DeleteObject(this);
+ wxModelessWindows.DeleteObject(this);
+
+ if (m_frameStatusBar)
+ delete m_frameStatusBar;
+
+ DestroyChildren();
+
+/*
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < wxMAX_STATUS; i++)
+ if (statusTextWidget[i])
+ XtDestroyWidget (statusTextWidget[i]);
+
+ if (statusLineForm)
+ XtDestroyWidget (statusLineForm);
+
+ if (statusLineWidget)
+ XtDestroyWidget (statusLineWidget);
+ */
+
+ wxDeleteWindowFromTable((Widget) m_workArea);
+
+ XtDestroyWidget ((Widget) m_workArea);
+ XtDestroyWidget ((Widget) m_frameWidget);
+
+ wxDeleteWindowFromTable((Widget) m_frameWidget);
+
+ XtDestroyWidget ((Widget) m_frameShell);
+
+ SetMainWidget((WXWidget) NULL);
+
+/* Check if it's the last top-level window */
+
+ if (wxTheApp && (wxTopLevelWindows.Number() == 0))
+ {
+ wxTheApp->SetTopWindow(NULL);
+
+ if (wxTheApp->GetExitOnFrameDelete())
+ {
+ // TODO signal to the app that we're going to close
+ wxTheApp->ExitMainLoop();
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+// Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar, toolbar etc.
+void wxFrame::GetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ Dimension xx, yy;
+ XtVaGetValues((Widget) m_workArea, XmNwidth, &xx, XmNheight, &yy, NULL);
+
+ /* TODO
+ if (status_line_exists)
+ {
+ Dimension ys;
+ XtVaGetValues(statusLineWidget, XmNheight, &ys, NULL);
+ yy -= ys;
+ }
+ */
+
+ if (GetMenuBar() != (wxMenuBar*) NULL)
+ {
+ // it seems that if a frame holds a panel, the menu bar size
+ // gets automatically taken care of --- grano@cs.helsinki.fi 4.4.95
+ bool hasSubPanel = FALSE;
+ for(wxNode* node = GetChildren()->First(); node; node = node->Next())
+ {
+ wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ hasSubPanel = (win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPanel)) && !win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)));
+
+ if (hasSubPanel)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (! hasSubPanel) {
+ Dimension ys;
+ XtVaGetValues((Widget) GetMenuBarWidget(), XmNheight, &ys, NULL);
+ yy -= ys;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *x = xx; *y = yy;
+}
+
+// Set the client size (i.e. leave the calculation of borders etc.
+// to wxWindows)
+void wxFrame::SetClientSize(int width, int height)
+{
+ // Calculate how large the new main window should be
+ // by finding the difference between the client area and the
+ // main window area, and adding on to the new client area
+ if (width > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_workArea, XmNwidth, width, NULL);
+
+ if (height > -1)
+ {
+ /* TODO
+ if (status_line_exists)
+ {
+ Dimension ys;
+ XtVaGetValues(statusLineWidget, XmNheight, &ys, NULL);
+ height += ys;
+ }
+ */
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_workArea, XmNheight, height, NULL);
+ }
+ PreResize();
+
+ wxSizeEvent sizeEvent(wxSize(width, height), GetId());
+ sizeEvent.SetEventObject(this);
+
+ GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(sizeEvent);
+
+}
+
+void wxFrame::GetSize(int *width, int *height) const
+{
+ Dimension xx, yy;
+ XtVaGetValues((Widget) m_frameShell, XmNwidth, &xx, XmNheight, &yy, NULL);
+ *width = xx; *height = yy;
+}
+
+void wxFrame::GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ Window parent_window = XtWindow((Widget) m_frameShell),
+ next_parent = XtWindow((Widget) m_frameShell),
+ root = RootWindowOfScreen(XtScreen((Widget) m_frameShell));
+
+ // search for the parent that is child of ROOT, because the WM may
+ // reparent twice and notify only the next parent (like FVWM)
+ while (next_parent != root) {
+ Window *theChildren; unsigned int n;
+ parent_window = next_parent;
+ XQueryTree(XtDisplay((Widget) m_frameShell), parent_window, &root,
+ &next_parent, &theChildren, &n);
+ XFree(theChildren); // not needed
+ }
+ int xx, yy; unsigned int dummy;
+ XGetGeometry(XtDisplay((Widget) m_frameShell), parent_window, &root,
+ &xx, &yy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy);
+ if (x) *x = xx;
+ if (y) *y = yy;
+}
+
+void wxFrame::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ if (x > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameShell, XmNx, x, NULL);
+ if (y > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameShell, XmNy, y, NULL);
+ if (width > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameWidget, XmNwidth, width, NULL);
+ if (height > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameWidget, XmNheight, height, NULL);
+
+ if (!(height == -1 && width == -1))
+ {
+ PreResize();
+ wxSizeEvent sizeEvent(wxSize(width, height), GetId());
+ sizeEvent.SetEventObject(this);
+
+ GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(sizeEvent);
+ }
+}
+
+bool wxFrame::Show(bool show)
+{
+ m_visibleStatus = show; /* show-&-hide fix */
+
+ m_isShown = show;
+ if (show) {
+ XtMapWidget((Widget) m_frameShell);
+ XRaiseWindow(XtDisplay((Widget) m_frameShell), XtWindow((Widget) m_frameShell));
+ } else {
+ XtUnmapWidget((Widget) m_frameShell);
+// XmUpdateDisplay(wxTheApp->topLevel); // Experimental: may be responsible for crashes
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void wxFrame::Iconize(bool iconize)
+{
+ if (!iconize)
+ Show(TRUE);
+
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameShell, XmNiconic, (Boolean)iconize, NULL);
+}
+
+// Equivalent to maximize/restore in Windows
+void wxFrame::Maximize(bool maximize)
+{
+ Show(TRUE);
+
+ if (maximize)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameShell, XmNiconic, FALSE, NULL);
+}
+
+bool wxFrame::IsIconized() const
+{
+ Boolean iconic;
+ XtVaGetValues((Widget) m_frameShell, XmNiconic, &iconic, NULL);
+ return iconic;
+}
+
+void wxFrame::SetTitle(const wxString& title)
+{
+ if (title == m_title)
+ return;
+
+ m_title = title;
+
+ if (!title.IsNull())
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameShell,
+ XmNtitle, (const char*) title,
+ XmNiconName, (const char*) title,
+ NULL);
+}
+
+void wxFrame::SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon)
+{
+ m_icon = icon;
+
+ // TODO
+ /*
+ if (!icon.Ok() || !icon.GetPixmap())
+ return;
+
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) m_frameShell, XtNiconPixmap, icon->.GetPixmap(), NULL);
+ */
+}
+
+wxStatusBar *wxFrame::OnCreateStatusBar(int number, long style, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ wxStatusBar *statusBar = NULL;
+
+ statusBar = new wxStatusBar(this, id, wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(100, 20),
+ style, name);
+
+ // Set the height according to the font and the border size
+ wxClientDC dc(statusBar);
+ dc.SetFont(* statusBar->GetFont());
+
+ long x, y;
+ dc.GetTextExtent("X", &x, &y);
+
+ int height = (int)( (y * 1.1) + 2* statusBar->GetBorderY());
+
+ statusBar->SetSize(-1, -1, 100, height);
+
+ statusBar->SetFieldsCount(number);
+ return statusBar;
+}
+
+wxStatusBar* wxFrame::CreateStatusBar(int number, long style, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ // Calling CreateStatusBar twice is an error.
+ wxCHECK_MSG( m_frameStatusBar == NULL, FALSE,
+ "recreating status bar in wxFrame" );
+
+ m_frameStatusBar = OnCreateStatusBar(number, style, id,
+ name);
+ if ( m_frameStatusBar )
+ {
+ PositionStatusBar();
+ return m_frameStatusBar;
+ }
+ else
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void wxFrame::SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number)
+{
+ wxCHECK_RET( m_frameStatusBar != NULL, "no statusbar to set text for" );
+
+ m_frameStatusBar->SetStatusText(text, number);
+}
+
+void wxFrame::SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[])
+{
+ wxCHECK_RET( m_frameStatusBar != NULL, "no statusbar to set widths for" );
+
+ m_frameStatusBar->SetStatusWidths(n, widths_field);
+ PositionStatusBar();
+}
+
+void wxFrame::PositionStatusBar()
+{
+ int w, h;
+ GetClientSize(&w, &h);
+ int sw, sh;
+ m_frameStatusBar->GetSize(&sw, &sh);
+
+ // Since we wish the status bar to be directly under the client area,
+ // we use the adjusted sizes without using wxSIZE_NO_ADJUSTMENTS.
+ m_frameStatusBar->SetSize(0, h, w, sh);
+}
+
+WXWidget wxFrame::GetMenuBarWidget() const
+{
+ /* TODO
+ if (GetMenuBar())
+ return GetMenuBar()->GetMainWidget();
+ else
+ */
+ return (WXWidget) NULL;
+}
+
+void wxFrame::SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menuBar)
+{
+ if (!menuBar)
+ {
+ m_frameMenuBar = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Currently can't set it twice
+ wxASSERT_MSG( (m_frameMenuBar == (wxMenuBar*) NULL), "Cannot set the menubar more than once");
+
+ m_frameMenuBar = menuBar;
+
+ // TODO
+#if 0
+ Widget menuBarW = XmCreateMenuBar ((Widget) m_frameWidget, "MenuBar", NULL, 0);
+ m_frameMenuBar->SetMainWidget( (WXWidget) menuBarW);
+
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < menuBar->GetMenuCount(); i++)
+ {
+ wxMenu *menu = menuBar->GetMenu(i);
+ menu->SetButtonWidget(menu->CreateMenu (menuBar, menuBarW, menu, menuBar->m_titles[i], TRUE);
+
+ /*
+ * COMMENT THIS OUT IF YOU DON'T LIKE A RIGHT-JUSTIFIED HELP MENU
+ */
+ wxStripMenuCodes (menuBar->m_titles[i], wxBuffer);
+
+ if (strcmp (wxBuffer, "Help") == 0)
+ XtVaSetValues ((Widget) menuBarW, XmNmenuHelpWidget, (Widget) menu->GetButtonWidget(), NULL);
+ }
+
+ XtRealizeWidget ((Widget) menuBarW);
+ XtManageChild ((Widget) menuBarW);
+ menuBar->SetMenuBarFrame(this);
+#endif
+}
+
+void wxFrame::Fit()
+{
+ // Work out max. size
+ wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
+ int max_width = 0;
+ int max_height = 0;
+ while (node)
+ {
+ // Find a child that's a subwindow, but not a dialog box.
+ wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+
+ if (!win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) &&
+ !win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)))
+ {
+ int width, height;
+ int x, y;
+ win->GetSize(&width, &height);
+ win->GetPosition(&x, &y);
+
+ if ((x + width) > max_width)
+ max_width = x + width;
+ if ((y + height) > max_height)
+ max_height = y + height;
+ }
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ SetClientSize(max_width, max_height);
+}
+
+// Responds to colour changes, and passes event on to children.
+void wxFrame::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event)
+{
+ SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_APPWORKSPACE));
+ Refresh();
+
+ if ( m_frameStatusBar )
+ {
+ wxSysColourChangedEvent event2;
+ event2.SetEventObject( m_frameStatusBar );
+ m_frameStatusBar->ProcessEvent(event2);
+ }
+
+ // Propagate the event to the non-top-level children
+ wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged(event);
+}
+
+// Default resizing behaviour - if only ONE subwindow,
+// resize to client rectangle size
+void wxFrame::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event)
+{
+ // if we're using constraints - do use them
+ #if USE_CONSTRAINTS
+ if ( GetAutoLayout() ) {
+ Layout();
+ return;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ // do we have _exactly_ one child?
+ wxWindow *child = NULL;
+ for ( wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First(); node; node = node->Next() )
+ {
+ wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ if ( !win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) &&
+ !win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)) &&
+ (win != GetStatusBar()) &&
+ (win != GetToolBar()) )
+ {
+ if ( child )
+ return; // it's our second subwindow - nothing to do
+ child = win;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ( child ) {
+ // we have exactly one child - set it's size to fill the whole frame
+ int clientW, clientH;
+ GetClientSize(&clientW, &clientH);
+
+ int x = 0;
+ int y = 0;
+
+ child->SetSize(x, y, clientW, clientH);
+ }
+}
+
+// Default activation behaviour - set the focus for the first child
+// subwindow found.
+void wxFrame::OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event)
+{
+ for(wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First(); node; node = node->Next())
+ {
+ // Find a child that's a subwindow, but not a dialog box.
+ wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ if (!child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) &&
+ !child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)))
+ {
+#if WXDEBUG > 1
+ wxDebugMsg("wxFrame::OnActivate: about to set the child's focus.\n");
+#endif
+ child->SetFocus();
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// The default implementation for the close window event - calls
+// OnClose for backward compatibility.
+
+void wxFrame::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event)
+{
+ // Compatibility
+ if ( GetEventHandler()->OnClose() || event.GetForce())
+ {
+ this->Destroy();
+ }
+}
+
+bool wxFrame::OnClose()
+{
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+// Destroy the window (delayed, if a managed window)
+bool wxFrame::Destroy()
+{
+ if (!wxPendingDelete.Member(this))
+ wxPendingDelete.Append(this);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+// Default menu selection behaviour - display a help string
+void wxFrame::OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& event)
+{
+ if (GetStatusBar())
+ {
+ if (event.GetMenuId() == -1)
+ SetStatusText("");
+ else
+ {
+ wxMenuBar *menuBar = GetMenuBar();
+ if (menuBar)
+ {
+ wxString helpString(menuBar->GetHelpString(event.GetMenuId()));
+ if (helpString != "")
+ SetStatusText(helpString);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+wxMenuBar *wxFrame::GetMenuBar() const
+{
+ return m_frameMenuBar;
+}
+
+void wxFrame::Centre(int direction)
+{
+ int display_width, display_height, width, height, x, y;
+ wxDisplaySize(&display_width, &display_height);
+
+ GetSize(&width, &height);
+ GetPosition(&x, &y);
+
+ if (direction & wxHORIZONTAL)
+ x = (int)((display_width - width)/2);
+ if (direction & wxVERTICAL)
+ y = (int)((display_height - height)/2);
+
+ SetSize(x, y, width, height);
+}
+
+// Call this to simulate a menu command
+void wxFrame::Command(int id)
+{
+ ProcessCommand(id);
+}
+
+void wxFrame::ProcessCommand(int id)
+{
+ wxCommandEvent commandEvent(wxEVENT_TYPE_MENU_COMMAND, id);
+ commandEvent.SetInt( id );
+ commandEvent.SetEventObject( this );
+
+ wxMenuBar *bar = GetMenuBar() ;
+ if (!bar)
+ return;
+
+/* TODO: check the menu item if required
+ wxMenuItem *item = bar->FindItemForId(id) ;
+ if (item && item->IsCheckable())
+ {
+ bar->Check(id,!bar->Checked(id)) ;
+ }
+*/
+
+ GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(commandEvent);
+}
+
+// Checks if there is a toolbar, and returns the first free client position
+wxPoint wxFrame::GetClientAreaOrigin() const
+{
+ wxPoint pt(0, 0);
+ if (GetToolBar())
+ {
+ int w, h;
+ GetToolBar()->GetSize(& w, & h);
+
+ if (GetToolBar()->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTB_VERTICAL)
+ {
+ pt.x += w;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pt.y += h;
+ }
+ }
+ return pt;
+}
+
+wxToolBar* wxFrame::CreateToolBar(long style, wxWindowID id, const wxString& name)
+{
+ wxCHECK_MSG( m_frameToolBar == NULL, FALSE,
+ "recreating toolbar in wxFrame" );
+
+ wxToolBar* toolBar = OnCreateToolBar(style, id, name);
+ if (toolBar)
+ {
+ SetToolBar(toolBar);
+ PositionToolBar();
+ return toolBar;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+wxToolBar* wxFrame::OnCreateToolBar(long style, wxWindowID id, const wxString& name)
+{
+ return new wxToolBar(this, id, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, style, name);
+}
+
+void wxFrame::PositionToolBar()
+{
+ int cw, ch;
+
+ // TODO: we actually need to use the low-level client size, before
+ // the toolbar/status bar were added.
+ // So DEFINITELY replace the line below with something appropriate.
+
+ GetClientSize(& cw, &ch);
+
+ if ( GetStatusBar() )
+ {
+ int statusX, statusY;
+ GetStatusBar()->GetClientSize(&statusX, &statusY);
+ ch -= statusY;
+ }
+
+ if (GetToolBar())
+ {
+ int tw, th;
+ GetToolBar()->GetSize(& tw, & th);
+
+ if (GetToolBar()->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTB_VERTICAL)
+ {
+ // Use the 'real' position. wxSIZE_NO_ADJUSTMENTS
+ // means, pretend we don't have toolbar/status bar, so we
+ // have the original client size.
+ GetToolBar()->SetSize(0, 0, tw, ch, wxSIZE_NO_ADJUSTMENTS);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Use the 'real' position
+ GetToolBar()->SetSize(0, 0, cw, th, wxSIZE_NO_ADJUSTMENTS);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void wxFrame::CaptureMouse()
+{
+ if (m_winCaptured)
+ return;
+
+ if (GetMainWidget())
+ XtAddGrab((Widget) m_frameShell, TRUE, FALSE);
+ m_winCaptured = TRUE;
+}
+
+void wxFrame::ReleaseMouse()
+{
+ if (!m_winCaptured)
+ return;
+
+ if (GetMainWidget())
+ XtRemoveGrab((Widget) m_frameShell);
+ m_winCaptured = FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxFrame::Raise(void)
+{
+ Window parent_window = XtWindow((Widget) m_frameShell),
+ next_parent = XtWindow((Widget) m_frameShell),
+ root = RootWindowOfScreen(XtScreen((Widget) m_frameShell));
+ // search for the parent that is child of ROOT, because the WM may
+ // reparent twice and notify only the next parent (like FVWM)
+ while (next_parent != root) {
+ Window *theChildren; unsigned int n;
+ parent_window = next_parent;
+ XQueryTree(XtDisplay((Widget) m_frameShell), parent_window, &root,
+ &next_parent, &theChildren, &n);
+ XFree(theChildren); // not needed
+ }
+ XRaiseWindow(XtDisplay((Widget) m_frameShell), parent_window);
+}
+
+void wxFrame::Lower(void)
+{
+ Window parent_window = XtWindow((Widget) m_frameShell),
+ next_parent = XtWindow((Widget) m_frameShell),
+ root = RootWindowOfScreen(XtScreen((Widget) m_frameShell));
+ // search for the parent that is child of ROOT, because the WM may
+ // reparent twice and notify only the next parent (like FVWM)
+ while (next_parent != root) {
+ Window *theChildren; unsigned int n;
+ parent_window = next_parent;
+ XQueryTree(XtDisplay((Widget) m_frameShell), parent_window, &root,
+ &next_parent, &theChildren, &n);
+ XFree(theChildren); // not needed
+ }
+ XLowerWindow(XtDisplay((Widget) m_frameShell), parent_window);
+}
+
+void wxFrame::SetToolBar(wxToolBar *toolbar)
+{ m_frameToolBar = toolbar; }
+
+wxToolBar *wxFrame::GetToolBar() const
+{ return m_frameToolBar; }
+
+static void wxFrameFocusProc(Widget workArea, XtPointer clientData,
+ XmAnyCallbackStruct *cbs)
+{
+ wxFrame *frame = (wxFrame *)clientData;
+
+ // wxDebugMsg("focus proc from frame %ld\n",(long)frame);
+ // TODO
+ // frame->GetEventHandler()->OnSetFocus();
+}
+
+/* MATTEW: Used to insure that hide-&-show within an event cycle works */
+static void wxFrameMapProc(Widget frameShell, XtPointer clientData,
+ XCrossingEvent * event)
+{
+ wxFrame *frame = (wxFrame *)wxWidgetHashTable->Get((long)clientData);
+
+ if (frame) {
+ XEvent *e = (XEvent *)event;
+
+ if (e->xany.type == MapNotify)
+ {
+ // Iconize fix
+ XtVaSetValues(frameShell, XmNiconic, (Boolean)False, NULL);
+ if (!frame->GetVisibleStatus())
+ {
+ /* We really wanted this to be hidden! */
+ XtUnmapWidget((Widget) frame->GetShellWidget());
+ }
+ }
+ else if (e->xany.type == UnmapNotify)
+ // Iconize fix
+ XtVaSetValues(frameShell, XmNiconic, (Boolean)True, NULL);
+ }
+}
+
+//// Motif-specific
+bool wxFrame::PreResize()
+{
+ /* TODO
+ // Set status line, if any
+ if (status_line_exists)
+ {
+ Dimension clientW, clientH;
+ XtVaGetValues(clientArea, XmNwidth, &clientW, XmNheight, &clientH, NULL);
+ Dimension xx, yy;
+ XtVaGetValues(statusLineWidget, XmNwidth, &xx, XmNheight, &yy, NULL);
+
+ XtUnmanageChild(statusLineWidget);
+ XtVaSetValues(statusLineWidget, XmNx, 0, XmNy, clientH - yy, XmNwidth, clientW, NULL);
+
+ if (statusLineForm)
+ XtVaSetValues(statusLineForm, XmNwidth, clientW, NULL);
+
+ XtManageChild(statusLineWidget);
+ }
+
+ int width, height;
+ GetSize(&width, &height);
+
+ if (width == lastWidth && height == lastHeight)
+ return FALSE;
+ else
+ {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ */
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void wxCloseFrameCallback(Widget widget, XtPointer client_data, XmAnyCallbackStruct *cbs)
+{
+ wxFrame *frame = (wxFrame *)client_data;
+
+ wxCloseEvent closeEvent(wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, frame->GetId());
+ closeEvent.SetEventObject(frame);
+
+ // May delete the frame (with delayed deletion)
+ frame->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(closeEvent);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: gauge.cpp
+// Purpose: wxGauge class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "gauge.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/gauge.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGauge, wxControl)
+#endif
+
+bool wxGauge::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ int range,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ SetName(name);
+ SetValidator(validator);
+ m_rangeMax = range;
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxGauge::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxGauge::SetShadowWidth(int w)
+{
+ // TODO optional
+}
+
+void wxGauge::SetBezelFace(int w)
+{
+ // TODO optional
+}
+
+void wxGauge::SetRange(int r)
+{
+ m_rangeMax = r;
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxGauge::SetValue(int pos)
+{
+ m_gaugePos = pos;
+ // TODO
+}
+
+int wxGauge::GetShadowWidth() const
+{
+ // TODO optional
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxGauge::GetBezelFace() const
+{
+ // TODO optional
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxGauge::GetRange() const
+{
+ return m_rangeMax;
+}
+
+int wxGauge::GetValue() const
+{
+ return m_gaugePos;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: gdiobj.cpp
+// Purpose: wxGDIObject class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "gdiobj.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARIES
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGDIObject, wxObject)
+#endif
+
+// TODO: Nothing to do, unless you want to.
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: helpxxxx.cpp
+// Purpose: Help system: native implementation
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "helpxxxx.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/stubs/helpxxxx.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxXXXXHelpController, wxHelpControllerBase)
+#endif
+
+wxXXXXHelpController::wxXXXXHelpController()
+{
+ m_helpFile = "";
+}
+
+wxXXXXHelpController::~wxXXXXHelpController()
+{
+}
+
+bool wxXXXXHelpController::Initialize(const wxString& filename)
+{
+ m_helpFile = filename;
+ // TODO any other inits
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool wxXXXXHelpController::LoadFile(const wxString& file)
+{
+ m_helpFile = file;
+ // TODO
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool wxXXXXHelpController::DisplayContents()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxXXXXHelpController::DisplaySection(int section)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxXXXXHelpController::DisplayBlock(long block)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxXXXXHelpController::KeywordSearch(const wxString& k)
+{
+ if (m_helpFile == "") return FALSE;
+
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Can't close the help window explicitly in WinHelp
+bool wxXXXXHelpController::Quit()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxXXXXHelpController::OnQuit()
+{
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: icon.cpp
+// Purpose: wxIcon class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "icon.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/icon.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARIES
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon, wxBitmap)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Icons
+ */
+
+
+wxIconRefData::wxIconRefData()
+{
+ // TODO: init icon handle
+}
+
+wxIconRefData::~wxIconRefData()
+{
+ // TODO: destroy icon handle
+}
+
+wxIcon::wxIcon()
+{
+}
+
+wxIcon::wxIcon(const char WXUNUSED(bits)[], int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height))
+{
+}
+
+wxIcon::wxIcon(const wxString& icon_file, long flags,
+ int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight)
+
+{
+ LoadFile(icon_file, flags, desiredWidth, desiredHeight);
+}
+
+wxIcon::~wxIcon()
+{
+}
+
+bool wxIcon::LoadFile(const wxString& filename, long type,
+ int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight)
+{
+ UnRef();
+
+ m_refData = new wxIconRefData;
+
+ wxBitmapHandler *handler = FindHandler(type);
+
+ if ( handler )
+ return handler->LoadFile(this, filename, type, desiredWidth, desiredHeight);
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: imaglist.cpp
+// Purpose: wxImageList. You may wish to use the generic version.
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "imaglist.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/stubs/imaglist.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageList, wxObject)
+#endif
+
+wxImageList::wxImageList()
+{
+ // TODO: init image list handle, if any
+}
+
+wxImageList::~wxImageList()
+{
+ // TODO: destroy image list handle, if any
+}
+
+
+// Attributes
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// Returns the number of images in the image list.
+int wxImageList::GetImageCount() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Operations
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// Creates an image list
+bool wxImageList::Create(int width, int height, bool mask, int initial)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Adds a bitmap, and optionally a mask bitmap.
+// Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete
+// 'bitmap' and 'mask'.
+int wxImageList::Add(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Adds a bitmap, using the specified colour to create the mask bitmap
+// Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete
+// 'bitmap'.
+int wxImageList::Add(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Adds a bitmap and mask from an icon.
+int wxImageList::Add(const wxIcon& icon)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Replaces a bitmap, optionally passing a mask bitmap.
+// Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete
+// 'bitmap' and 'mask'.
+bool wxImageList::Replace(int index, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Replaces a bitmap and mask from an icon.
+bool wxImageList::Replace(int index, const wxIcon& icon)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Removes the image at the given index.
+bool wxImageList::Remove(int index)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Remove all images
+bool wxImageList::RemoveAll()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Draws the given image on a dc at the specified position.
+// If 'solidBackground' is TRUE, Draw sets the image list background
+// colour to the background colour of the wxDC, to speed up
+// drawing by eliminating masked drawing where possible.
+bool wxImageList::Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
+ int flags, bool solidBackground)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: joystick.cpp
+// Purpose: wxJoystick class
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "joystick.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <wx/joystick.h>
+
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystick, wxObject)
+
+// Attributes
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+wxPoint wxJoystick::GetPosition() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxPoint(0, 0);
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetZPosition() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetButtonState() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetPOVPosition() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetPOVCTSPosition() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetRudderPosition() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetUPosition() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetVPosition() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetMovementThreshold() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxJoystick::SetMovementThreshold(int threshold)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Capabilities
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+bool wxJoystick::IsOk() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetNumberJoysticks() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetManufacturerId() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetProductId() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+wxString wxJoystick::GetProductName() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetXMin() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetYMin() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetZMin() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetXMax() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetYMax() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetZMax() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetNumberButtons() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetNumberAxes() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetMaxButtons() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetMaxAxes() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetPollingMin() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetPollingMax() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetRudderMin() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetRudderMax() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetUMin() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetUMax() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetVMin() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxJoystick::GetVMax() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+bool wxJoystick::HasRudder() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxJoystick::HasZ() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxJoystick::HasU() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxJoystick::HasV() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxJoystick::HasPOV() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxJoystick::HasPOV4Dir() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxJoystick::HasPOVCTS() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Operations
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+bool wxJoystick::SetCapture(wxWindow* win, int pollingFreq)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxJoystick::ReleaseCapture()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: listbox.cpp
+// Purpose: wxListBox
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "listbox.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/listbox.h"
+#include "wx/settings.h"
+#include "wx/dynarray.h"
+#include "wx/log.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListBox, wxControl)
+#endif
+
+// ============================================================================
+// list box control implementation
+// ============================================================================
+
+// Listbox item
+wxListBox::wxListBox()
+{
+ m_noItems = 0;
+ m_selected = 0;
+}
+
+bool wxListBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ int n, const wxString choices[],
+ long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ m_noItems = n;
+ m_selected = 0;
+
+ SetName(name);
+ SetValidator(validator);
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ wxSystemSettings settings;
+ SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
+
+ m_windowId = ( id == -1 ) ? (int)NewControlId() : id;
+
+ // TODO create listbox
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+wxListBox::~wxListBox()
+{
+}
+
+void wxListBox::SetFirstItem(int N)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxListBox::SetFirstItem(const wxString& s)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxListBox::Delete(int N)
+{
+ m_noItems --;
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxListBox::Append(const wxString& item)
+{
+ m_noItems ++;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxListBox::Append(const wxString& item, char *Client_data)
+{
+ m_noItems ++;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxListBox::Set(int n, const wxString *choices, char** clientData)
+{
+ m_noItems = n;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+int wxListBox::FindString(const wxString& s) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return -1;
+}
+
+void wxListBox::Clear()
+{
+ m_noItems = 0;
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxListBox::SetSelection(int N, bool select)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+bool wxListBox::Selected(int N) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxListBox::Deselect(int N)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+char *wxListBox::GetClientData(int N) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return (char *)NULL;
+}
+
+void wxListBox::SetClientData(int N, char *Client_data)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Return number of selections and an array of selected integers
+int wxListBox::GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const
+{
+ aSelections.Empty();
+
+/* TODO
+ if ((m_windowStyle & wxLB_MULTIPLE) || (m_windowStyle & wxLB_EXTENDED))
+ {
+ int no_sel = ??
+ for ( int n = 0; n < no_sel; n++ )
+ aSelections.Add(??);
+
+ return no_sel;
+ }
+ else // single-selection listbox
+ {
+ aSelections.Add(??);
+
+ return 1;
+ }
+*/
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Get single selection, for single choice list items
+int wxListBox::GetSelection() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return -1;
+}
+
+// Find string for position
+wxString wxListBox::GetString(int N) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+void wxListBox::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxListBox::InsertItems(int nItems, const wxString items[], int pos)
+{
+ m_noItems += nItems;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxListBox::SetString(int N, const wxString& s)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+int wxListBox::Number () const
+{
+ return m_noItems;
+}
+
+// For single selection items only
+wxString wxListBox::GetStringSelection () const
+{
+ int sel = GetSelection ();
+ if (sel > -1)
+ return this->GetString (sel);
+ else
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+bool wxListBox::SetStringSelection (const wxString& s, bool flag)
+{
+ int sel = FindString (s);
+ if (sel > -1)
+ {
+ SetSelection (sel, flag);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxListBox::Command (wxCommandEvent & event)
+{
+ if (event.m_extraLong)
+ SetSelection (event.m_commandInt);
+ else
+ {
+ Deselect (event.m_commandInt);
+ return;
+ }
+ ProcessCommand (event);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: listctrl.cpp
+// Purpose: wxListCtrl. See also Robert's generic wxListCtrl
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "listctrl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/stubs/textctrl.h"
+#include "wx/stubs/listctrl.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListCtrl, wxControl)
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListItem, wxObject)
+
+#endif
+
+wxListCtrl::wxListCtrl()
+{
+ m_imageListNormal = NULL;
+ m_imageListSmall = NULL;
+ m_imageListState = NULL;
+ m_baseStyle = 0;
+ m_colCount = 0;
+}
+
+bool wxListCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
+ long style, const wxValidator& validator, const wxString& name)
+{
+ m_imageListNormal = NULL;
+ m_imageListSmall = NULL;
+ m_imageListState = NULL;
+ m_colCount = 0;
+
+ SetValidator(validator);
+ SetName(name);
+
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ SetParent(parent);
+
+ m_windowId = (id == -1) ? NewControlId() : id;
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ // TODO create list control
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+wxListCtrl::~wxListCtrl()
+{
+}
+
+// Add or remove a single window style
+void wxListCtrl::SetSingleStyle(long style, bool add)
+{
+ long flag = GetWindowStyleFlag();
+
+ // Get rid of conflicting styles
+ if ( add )
+ {
+ if ( style & wxLC_MASK_TYPE)
+ flag = flag & ~wxLC_MASK_TYPE ;
+ if ( style & wxLC_MASK_ALIGN )
+ flag = flag & ~wxLC_MASK_ALIGN ;
+ if ( style & wxLC_MASK_SORT )
+ flag = flag & ~wxLC_MASK_SORT ;
+ }
+
+ if ( flag & style )
+ {
+ if ( !add )
+ flag -= style;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ( add )
+ {
+ flag |= style;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_windowStyle = flag;
+
+ /* TODO RecreateWindow(); */
+}
+
+// Set the whole window style
+void wxListCtrl::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flag)
+{
+ m_windowStyle = flag;
+
+ /* TODO RecreateWindow(); */
+}
+
+
+// Gets information about this column
+bool wxListCtrl::GetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Sets information about this column
+bool wxListCtrl::SetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Gets the column width
+int wxListCtrl::GetColumnWidth(int col) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Sets the column width
+bool wxListCtrl::SetColumnWidth(int col, int width)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Gets the number of items that can fit vertically in the
+// visible area of the list control (list or report view)
+// or the total number of items in the list control (icon
+// or small icon view)
+int wxListCtrl::GetCountPerPage() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Gets the edit control for editing labels.
+wxTextCtrl* wxListCtrl::GetEditControl() const
+{
+ return m_textCtrl;
+}
+
+// Gets information about the item
+bool wxListCtrl::GetItem(wxListItem& info) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Sets information about the item
+bool wxListCtrl::SetItem(wxListItem& info)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+long wxListCtrl::SetItem(long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId)
+{
+ wxListItem info;
+ info.m_text = label;
+ info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_TEXT;
+ info.m_itemId = index;
+ info.m_col = col;
+ if ( imageId > -1 )
+ {
+ info.m_image = imageId;
+ info.m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE;
+ }
+ return SetItem(info);
+}
+
+
+// Gets the item state
+int wxListCtrl::GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const
+{
+ wxListItem info;
+
+ info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_STATE ;
+ info.m_stateMask = stateMask;
+ info.m_itemId = item;
+
+ if (!GetItem(info))
+ return 0;
+
+ return info.m_state;
+}
+
+// Sets the item state
+bool wxListCtrl::SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask)
+{
+ wxListItem info;
+
+ info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_STATE ;
+ info.m_state = state;
+ info.m_stateMask = stateMask;
+ info.m_itemId = item;
+
+ return SetItem(info);
+}
+
+// Sets the item image
+bool wxListCtrl::SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage)
+{
+ wxListItem info;
+
+ info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE ;
+ info.m_image = image;
+ info.m_itemId = item;
+
+ return SetItem(info);
+}
+
+// Gets the item text
+wxString wxListCtrl::GetItemText(long item) const
+{
+ wxListItem info;
+
+ info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_TEXT ;
+ info.m_itemId = item;
+
+ if (!GetItem(info))
+ return wxString("");
+ return info.m_text;
+}
+
+// Sets the item text
+void wxListCtrl::SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str)
+{
+ wxListItem info;
+
+ info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_TEXT ;
+ info.m_itemId = item;
+ info.m_text = str;
+
+ SetItem(info);
+}
+
+// Gets the item data
+long wxListCtrl::GetItemData(long item) const
+{
+ wxListItem info;
+
+ info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_DATA ;
+ info.m_itemId = item;
+
+ if (!GetItem(info))
+ return 0;
+ return info.m_data;
+}
+
+// Sets the item data
+bool wxListCtrl::SetItemData(long item, long data)
+{
+ wxListItem info;
+
+ info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_DATA ;
+ info.m_itemId = item;
+ info.m_data = data;
+
+ return SetItem(info);
+}
+
+// Gets the item rectangle
+bool wxListCtrl::GetItemRect(long item, wxRectangle& rect, int code) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Gets the item position
+bool wxListCtrl::GetItemPosition(long item, wxPoint& pos) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Sets the item position.
+bool wxListCtrl::SetItemPosition(long item, const wxPoint& pos)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Gets the number of items in the list control
+int wxListCtrl::GetItemCount() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Retrieves the spacing between icons in pixels.
+// If small is TRUE, gets the spacing for the small icon
+// view, otherwise the large icon view.
+int wxListCtrl::GetItemSpacing(bool isSmall) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Gets the number of selected items in the list control
+int wxListCtrl::GetSelectedItemCount() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Gets the text colour of the listview
+wxColour wxListCtrl::GetTextColour() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxColour();
+}
+
+// Sets the text colour of the listview
+void wxListCtrl::SetTextColour(const wxColour& col)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Gets the index of the topmost visible item when in
+// list or report view
+long wxListCtrl::GetTopItem() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Searches for an item, starting from 'item'.
+// 'geometry' is one of
+// wxLIST_NEXT_ABOVE/ALL/BELOW/LEFT/RIGHT.
+// 'state' is a state bit flag, one or more of
+// wxLIST_STATE_DROPHILITED/FOCUSED/SELECTED/CUT.
+// item can be -1 to find the first item that matches the
+// specified flags.
+// Returns the item or -1 if unsuccessful.
+long wxListCtrl::GetNextItem(long item, int geom, int state) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+wxImageList *wxListCtrl::GetImageList(int which) const
+{
+ if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL )
+ {
+ return m_imageListNormal;
+ }
+ else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL )
+ {
+ return m_imageListSmall;
+ }
+ else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE )
+ {
+ return m_imageListState;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void wxListCtrl::SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which)
+{
+ int flags = 0;
+ if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL )
+ {
+ m_imageListNormal = imageList;
+ }
+ else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL )
+ {
+ m_imageListSmall = imageList;
+ }
+ else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE )
+ {
+ m_imageListState = imageList;
+ }
+ // TODO set image list
+}
+
+// Operations
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// Arranges the items
+bool wxListCtrl::Arrange(int flag)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Deletes an item
+bool wxListCtrl::DeleteItem(long item)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Deletes all items
+bool wxListCtrl::DeleteAllItems()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Deletes all items
+bool wxListCtrl::DeleteAllColumns()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Deletes a column
+bool wxListCtrl::DeleteColumn(int col)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Clears items, and columns if there are any.
+void wxListCtrl::ClearAll()
+{
+ DeleteAllItems();
+ if ( m_colCount > 0 )
+ DeleteAllColumns();
+}
+
+// Edit the label
+wxTextCtrl* wxListCtrl::EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+// End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit
+bool wxListCtrl::EndEditLabel(bool cancel)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Ensures this item is visible
+bool wxListCtrl::EnsureVisible(long item)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Find an item whose label matches this string, starting from the item after 'start'
+// or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
+long wxListCtrl::FindItem(long start, const wxString& str, bool partial)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Find an item whose data matches this data, starting from the item after 'start'
+// or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
+long wxListCtrl::FindItem(long start, long data)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Find an item nearest this position in the specified direction, starting from
+// the item after 'start' or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
+long wxListCtrl::FindItem(long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Determines which item (if any) is at the specified point,
+// giving details in 'flags' (see wxLIST_HITTEST_... flags above)
+long wxListCtrl::HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Inserts an item, returning the index of the new item if successful,
+// -1 otherwise.
+long wxListCtrl::InsertItem(wxListItem& info)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+long wxListCtrl::InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label)
+{
+ wxListItem info;
+ info.m_text = label;
+ info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_TEXT;
+ info.m_itemId = index;
+ return InsertItem(info);
+}
+
+// Inserts an image item
+long wxListCtrl::InsertItem(long index, int imageIndex)
+{
+ wxListItem info;
+ info.m_image = imageIndex;
+ info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE;
+ info.m_itemId = index;
+ return InsertItem(info);
+}
+
+// Inserts an image/string item
+long wxListCtrl::InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label, int imageIndex)
+{
+ wxListItem info;
+ info.m_image = imageIndex;
+ info.m_text = label;
+ info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE | wxLIST_MASK_TEXT;
+ info.m_itemId = index;
+ return InsertItem(info);
+}
+
+// For list view mode (only), inserts a column.
+long wxListCtrl::InsertColumn(long col, wxListItem& item)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+long wxListCtrl::InsertColumn(long col, const wxString& heading, int format,
+ int width)
+{
+ wxListItem item;
+ item.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_TEXT | wxLIST_MASK_FORMAT;
+ item.m_text = heading;
+ if ( width > -1 )
+ {
+ item.m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_WIDTH;
+ item.m_width = width;
+ }
+ item.m_format = format;
+
+ return InsertColumn(col, item);
+}
+
+// Scrolls the list control. If in icon, small icon or report view mode,
+// x specifies the number of pixels to scroll. If in list view mode, x
+// specifies the number of columns to scroll.
+// If in icon, small icon or list view mode, y specifies the number of pixels
+// to scroll. If in report view mode, y specifies the number of lines to scroll.
+bool wxListCtrl::ScrollList(int dx, int dy)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Sort items.
+
+// fn is a function which takes 3 long arguments: item1, item2, data.
+// item1 is the long data associated with a first item (NOT the index).
+// item2 is the long data associated with a second item (NOT the index).
+// data is the same value as passed to SortItems.
+// The return value is a negative number if the first item should precede the second
+// item, a positive number of the second item should precede the first,
+// or zero if the two items are equivalent.
+
+// data is arbitrary data to be passed to the sort function.
+bool wxListCtrl::SortItems(wxListCtrlCompare fn, long data)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// List item structure
+wxListItem::wxListItem()
+{
+ m_mask = 0;
+ m_itemId = 0;
+ m_col = 0;
+ m_state = 0;
+ m_stateMask = 0;
+ m_image = 0;
+ m_data = 0;
+
+ m_format = wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE;
+ m_width = 0;
+}
+
+// List event
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListEvent, wxCommandEvent)
+
+wxListEvent::wxListEvent(wxEventType commandType, int id):
+ wxCommandEvent(commandType, id)
+{
+ m_code = 0;
+ m_itemIndex = 0;
+ m_col = 0;
+ m_cancelled = FALSE;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: main.cpp
+// Purpose: Entry point
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include "wx/app.h"
+
+int main(int argc, char* argv[])
+{
+ return wxEntry(argc, argv);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: mdi.cpp
+// Purpose: MDI classes
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "mdi.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/mdi.h"
+#include "wx/menu.h"
+#include "wx/settings.h"
+
+extern wxList wxModelessWindows;
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame, wxFrame)
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIChildFrame, wxFrame)
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIClientWindow, wxWindow)
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxMDIParentFrame, wxFrame)
+ EVT_SIZE(wxMDIParentFrame::OnSize)
+ EVT_ACTIVATE(wxMDIParentFrame::OnActivate)
+ EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxMDIParentFrame::OnSysColourChanged)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxMDIClientWindow, wxWindow)
+ EVT_SCROLL(wxMDIClientWindow::OnScroll)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+
+#endif
+
+// Parent frame
+
+wxMDIParentFrame::wxMDIParentFrame()
+{
+}
+
+bool wxMDIParentFrame::Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ if (!parent)
+ wxTopLevelWindows.Append(this);
+
+ SetName(name);
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ if ( id > -1 )
+ m_windowId = id;
+ else
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+
+ // TODO: create MDI parent frame
+
+ wxModelessWindows.Append(this);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+wxMDIParentFrame::~wxMDIParentFrame()
+{
+}
+
+// Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar.
+void wxMDIParentFrame::GetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxMDIParentFrame::SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menu_bar)
+{
+ // TODO
+ if (!menu_bar)
+ {
+ m_frameMenuBar = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (menu_bar->m_menuBarFrame)
+ return;
+
+ m_frameMenuBar = menu_bar;
+}
+
+void wxMDIParentFrame::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event)
+{
+#if USE_CONSTRAINTS
+ if (GetAutoLayout())
+ Layout();
+#endif
+ int x = 0;
+ int y = 0;
+ int width, height;
+ GetClientSize(&width, &height);
+
+ if ( GetClientWindow() )
+ GetClientWindow()->SetSize(x, y, width, height);
+}
+
+void wxMDIParentFrame::OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event)
+{
+ // Do nothing
+}
+
+// Returns the active MDI child window
+wxMDIChildFrame *wxMDIParentFrame::GetActiveChild() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+// Create the client window class (don't Create the window,
+// just return a new class)
+wxMDIClientWindow *wxMDIParentFrame::OnCreateClient()
+{
+ return new wxMDIClientWindow ;
+}
+
+// Responds to colour changes, and passes event on to children.
+void wxMDIParentFrame::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event)
+{
+ // TODO
+
+ // Propagate the event to the non-top-level children
+ wxFrame::OnSysColourChanged(event);
+}
+
+// MDI operations
+void wxMDIParentFrame::Cascade()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxMDIParentFrame::Tile()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxMDIParentFrame::ArrangeIcons()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxMDIParentFrame::ActivateNext()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxMDIParentFrame::ActivatePrevious()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Child frame
+
+wxMDIChildFrame::wxMDIChildFrame()
+{
+}
+
+bool wxMDIChildFrame::Create(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ SetName(name);
+
+ if ( id > -1 )
+ m_windowId = id;
+ else
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ // TODO: create child frame
+
+ wxModelessWindows.Append(this);
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+wxMDIChildFrame::~wxMDIChildFrame()
+{
+}
+
+// Set the client size (i.e. leave the calculation of borders etc.
+// to wxWindows)
+void wxMDIChildFrame::SetClientSize(int width, int height)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxMDIChildFrame::GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxMDIChildFrame::SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menu_bar)
+{
+ // TODO
+ if (!menu_bar)
+ {
+ m_frameMenuBar = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (menu_bar->m_menuBarFrame)
+ return;
+ m_frameMenuBar = menu_bar;
+}
+
+// MDI operations
+void wxMDIChildFrame::Maximize()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxMDIChildFrame::Restore()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxMDIChildFrame::Activate()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Client window
+
+wxMDIClientWindow::wxMDIClientWindow()
+{
+}
+
+wxMDIClientWindow::~wxMDIClientWindow()
+{
+}
+
+bool wxMDIClientWindow::CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, long style)
+{
+ // TODO create client window
+ m_backgroundColour = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_APPWORKSPACE);
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Explicitly call default scroll behaviour
+void wxMDIClientWindow::OnScroll(wxScrollEvent& event)
+{
+ Default(); // Default processing
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: menu.cpp
+// Purpose: wxMenu, wxMenuBar, wxMenuItem
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+// ============================================================================
+// headers & declarations
+// ============================================================================
+
+// wxWindows headers
+// -----------------
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "menu.h"
+#pragma implementation "menuitem.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/menu.h"
+#include "wx/menuitem.h"
+#include "wx/log.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+
+#include <Xm/Label.h>
+#include <Xm/LabelG.h>
+#include <Xm/CascadeBG.h>
+#include <Xm/CascadeB.h>
+#include <Xm/SeparatoG.h>
+#include <Xm/PushBG.h>
+#include <Xm/ToggleB.h>
+#include <Xm/ToggleBG.h>
+#include <Xm/RowColumn.h>
+
+// other standard headers
+// ----------------------
+#include <string.h>
+
+void wxMenuItemCallback (Widget w, XtPointer clientData,
+ XtPointer ptr);
+void wxMenuItemArmCallback (Widget w, XtPointer clientData,
+ XtPointer ptr);
+void wxMenuItemDisarmCallback (Widget w, XtPointer clientData,
+ XtPointer ptr);
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenu, wxEvtHandler)
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuBar, wxEvtHandler)
+#endif
+
+// ============================================================================
+// implementation
+// ============================================================================
+
+// Menus
+
+// Construct a menu with optional title (then use append)
+wxMenu::wxMenu(const wxString& title, const wxFunction func)
+{
+ m_title = title;
+ m_parent = (wxEvtHandler*) NULL;
+ m_eventHandler = this;
+ m_noItems = 0;
+ m_menuBar = NULL;
+
+ //// Motif-specific members
+ m_numColumns = 1;
+ m_menuWidget = (WXWidget) NULL;
+ m_popupShell = (WXWidget) NULL;
+ m_buttonWidget = (WXWidget) NULL;
+ m_menuId = 0;
+ m_topMenu = (wxMenu*) NULL;
+ m_ownedByMenuBar = FALSE;
+ m_menuParent = (wxMenu*) NULL;
+
+ if (m_title != "")
+ {
+ Append(-2, m_title) ;
+ AppendSeparator() ;
+ }
+
+ Callback(func);
+
+ // TODO create menu
+}
+
+// The wxWindow destructor will take care of deleting the submenus.
+wxMenu::~wxMenu()
+{
+ // TODO destroy menu and children
+
+ wxNode *node = m_menuItems.First();
+ while (node)
+ {
+ wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem *)node->Data();
+
+ // Delete child menus.
+ // Beware: they must not be appended to children list!!!
+ // (because order of delete is significant)
+ if (item->GetSubMenu())
+ item->DeleteSubMenu();
+
+ wxNode *next = node->Next();
+ delete item;
+ delete node;
+ node = next;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxMenu::Break()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// function appends a new item or submenu to the menu
+void wxMenu::Append(wxMenuItem *pItem)
+{
+ // TODO
+
+ wxCHECK_RET( pItem != NULL, "can't append NULL item to the menu" );
+
+ m_menuItems.Append(pItem);
+
+ m_noItems++;
+}
+
+void wxMenu::AppendSeparator()
+{
+ // TODO
+ Append(new wxMenuItem(this, ID_SEPARATOR));
+}
+
+// Pullright item
+void wxMenu::Append(int Id, const wxString& label, wxMenu *SubMenu,
+ const wxString& helpString)
+{
+ Append(new wxMenuItem(this, Id, label, helpString, FALSE, SubMenu));
+}
+
+// Ordinary menu item
+void wxMenu::Append(int Id, const wxString& label,
+ const wxString& helpString, bool checkable)
+{
+ // 'checkable' parameter is useless for Windows.
+ Append(new wxMenuItem(this, Id, label, helpString, checkable));
+}
+
+void wxMenu::Delete(int id)
+{
+ wxNode *node;
+ wxMenuItem *item;
+ int pos;
+
+ for (pos = 0, node = m_menuItems.First(); node; node = node->Next(), pos++) {
+ item = (wxMenuItem *)node->Data();
+ if (item->GetId() == id)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!node)
+ return;
+
+ m_menuItems.DeleteNode(node);
+ delete item;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxMenu::Enable(int Id, bool Flag)
+{
+ wxMenuItem *item = FindItemForId(Id);
+ wxCHECK_RET( item != NULL, "can't enable non-existing menu item" );
+
+ item->Enable(Flag);
+}
+
+bool wxMenu::Enabled(int Id) const
+{
+ wxMenuItem *item = FindItemForId(Id);
+ wxCHECK( item != NULL, FALSE );
+
+ return item->IsEnabled();
+}
+
+void wxMenu::Check(int Id, bool Flag)
+{
+ wxMenuItem *item = FindItemForId(Id);
+ wxCHECK_RET( item != NULL, "can't get status of non-existing menu item" );
+
+ item->Check(Flag);
+}
+
+bool wxMenu::Checked(int Id) const
+{
+ wxMenuItem *item = FindItemForId(Id);
+ wxCHECK( item != NULL, FALSE );
+
+ return item->IsChecked();
+}
+
+void wxMenu::SetTitle(const wxString& label)
+{
+ m_title = label ;
+ // TODO
+}
+
+const wxString wxMenu::GetTitle() const
+{
+ return m_title;
+}
+
+void wxMenu::SetLabel(int id, const wxString& label)
+{
+ wxMenuItem *item = FindItemForId(id) ;
+ if (item==NULL)
+ return;
+
+ if (item->GetSubMenu()==NULL)
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+ item->SetName(label);
+}
+
+wxString wxMenu::GetLabel(int Id) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("") ;
+}
+
+// Finds the item id matching the given string, -1 if not found.
+int wxMenu::FindItem (const wxString& itemString) const
+{
+ char buf1[200];
+ char buf2[200];
+ wxStripMenuCodes ((char *)(const char *)itemString, buf1);
+
+ for (wxNode * node = m_menuItems.First (); node; node = node->Next ())
+ {
+ wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem *) node->Data ();
+ if (item->GetSubMenu())
+ {
+ int ans = item->GetSubMenu()->FindItem(itemString);
+ if (ans > -1)
+ return ans;
+ }
+ if ( !item->IsSeparator() )
+ {
+ wxStripMenuCodes((char *)item->GetName().c_str(), buf2);
+ if (strcmp(buf1, buf2) == 0)
+ return item->GetId();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+wxMenuItem *wxMenu::FindItemForId(int itemId, wxMenu ** itemMenu) const
+{
+ if (itemMenu)
+ *itemMenu = NULL;
+ for (wxNode * node = m_menuItems.First (); node; node = node->Next ())
+ {
+ wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem *) node->Data ();
+
+ if (item->GetId() == itemId)
+ {
+ if (itemMenu)
+ *itemMenu = (wxMenu *) this;
+ return item;
+ }
+
+ if (item->GetSubMenu())
+ {
+ wxMenuItem *ans = item->GetSubMenu()->FindItemForId (itemId, itemMenu);
+ if (ans)
+ return ans;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (itemMenu)
+ *itemMenu = NULL;
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void wxMenu::SetHelpString(int itemId, const wxString& helpString)
+{
+ wxMenuItem *item = FindItemForId (itemId);
+ if (item)
+ item->SetHelp(helpString);
+}
+
+wxString wxMenu::GetHelpString (int itemId) const
+{
+ wxMenuItem *item = FindItemForId (itemId);
+ wxString str("");
+ return (item == NULL) ? str : item->GetHelp();
+}
+
+void wxMenu::ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent & event)
+{
+ bool processed = FALSE;
+
+ // Try a callback
+ if (m_callback)
+ {
+ (void) (*(m_callback)) (*this, event);
+ processed = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // Try the menu's event handler
+ if ( !processed && GetEventHandler())
+ {
+ processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+ }
+/* TODO
+ // Try the window the menu was popped up from (and up
+ // through the hierarchy)
+ if ( !processed && GetInvokingWindow())
+ processed = GetInvokingWindow()->ProcessEvent(event);
+*/
+}
+
+bool wxWindow::PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Menu Bar
+wxMenuBar::wxMenuBar()
+{
+ m_eventHandler = this;
+ m_menuCount = 0;
+ m_menus = NULL;
+ m_titles = NULL;
+ m_menuBarFrame = NULL;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxMenuBar::wxMenuBar(int n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[])
+{
+ m_eventHandler = this;
+ m_menuCount = n;
+ m_menus = menus;
+ m_titles = new wxString[n];
+ int i;
+ for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
+ m_titles[i] = titles[i];
+ m_menuBarFrame = NULL;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxMenuBar::~wxMenuBar()
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < m_menuCount; i++)
+ {
+ delete m_menus[i];
+ }
+ delete[] m_menus;
+ delete[] m_titles;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Must only be used AFTER menu has been attached to frame,
+// otherwise use individual menus to enable/disable items
+void wxMenuBar::Enable(int id, bool flag)
+{
+ wxMenu *itemMenu = NULL;
+ wxMenuItem *item = FindItemForId(id, &itemMenu) ;
+ if (!item)
+ return;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxMenuBar::EnableTop(int pos, bool flag)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Must only be used AFTER menu has been attached to frame,
+// otherwise use individual menus
+void wxMenuBar::Check(int id, bool flag)
+{
+ wxMenu *itemMenu = NULL;
+ wxMenuItem *item = FindItemForId(id, &itemMenu) ;
+ if (!item)
+ return;
+
+ if (!item->IsCheckable())
+ return ;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+bool wxMenuBar::Checked(int id) const
+{
+ wxMenu *itemMenu = NULL;
+ wxMenuItem *item = FindItemForId(id, &itemMenu) ;
+ if (!item)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxMenuBar::Enabled(int id) const
+{
+ wxMenu *itemMenu = NULL;
+ wxMenuItem *item = FindItemForId(id, &itemMenu) ;
+ if (!item)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE ;
+}
+
+
+void wxMenuBar::SetLabel(int id, const wxString& label)
+{
+ wxMenu *itemMenu = NULL;
+ wxMenuItem *item = FindItemForId(id, &itemMenu) ;
+
+ if (!item)
+ return;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxString wxMenuBar::GetLabel(int id) const
+{
+ wxMenu *itemMenu = NULL;
+ wxMenuItem *item = FindItemForId(id, &itemMenu) ;
+
+ if (!item)
+ return wxString("");
+
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("") ;
+}
+
+void wxMenuBar::SetLabelTop(int pos, const wxString& label)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxString wxMenuBar::GetLabelTop(int pos) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+bool wxMenuBar::OnDelete(wxMenu *a_menu, int pos)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxMenuBar::OnAppend(wxMenu *a_menu, const char *title)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxMenuBar::Append (wxMenu * menu, const wxString& title)
+{
+ if (!OnAppend(menu, title))
+ return;
+
+ m_menuCount ++;
+ wxMenu **new_menus = new wxMenu *[m_menuCount];
+ wxString *new_titles = new wxString[m_menuCount];
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < m_menuCount - 1; i++)
+ {
+ new_menus[i] = m_menus[i];
+ m_menus[i] = NULL;
+ new_titles[i] = m_titles[i];
+ m_titles[i] = "";
+ }
+ if (m_menus)
+ {
+ delete[]m_menus;
+ delete[]m_titles;
+ }
+ m_menus = new_menus;
+ m_titles = new_titles;
+
+ m_menus[m_menuCount - 1] = (wxMenu *)menu;
+ m_titles[m_menuCount - 1] = title;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxMenuBar::Delete(wxMenu * menu, int i)
+{
+ int j;
+ int ii = (int) i;
+
+ if (menu != 0)
+ {
+ for (ii = 0; ii < m_menuCount; ii++)
+ {
+ if (m_menus[ii] == menu)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (ii >= m_menuCount)
+ return;
+ } else
+ {
+ if (ii < 0 || ii >= m_menuCount)
+ return;
+ menu = m_menus[ii];
+ }
+
+ if (!OnDelete(menu, ii))
+ return;
+
+ menu->SetParent(NULL);
+
+ -- m_menuCount;
+ for (j = ii; j < m_menuCount; j++)
+ {
+ m_menus[j] = m_menus[j + 1];
+ m_titles[j] = m_titles[j + 1];
+ }
+}
+
+// Find the menu menuString, item itemString, and return the item id.
+// Returns -1 if none found.
+int wxMenuBar::FindMenuItem (const wxString& menuString, const wxString& itemString) const
+{
+ char buf1[200];
+ char buf2[200];
+ wxStripMenuCodes ((char *)(const char *)menuString, buf1);
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < m_menuCount; i++)
+ {
+ wxStripMenuCodes ((char *)(const char *)m_titles[i], buf2);
+ if (strcmp (buf1, buf2) == 0)
+ return m_menus[i]->FindItem (itemString);
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+wxMenuItem *wxMenuBar::FindItemForId (int Id, wxMenu ** itemMenu) const
+{
+ if (itemMenu)
+ *itemMenu = NULL;
+
+ wxMenuItem *item = NULL;
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < m_menuCount; i++)
+ if ((item = m_menus[i]->FindItemForId (Id, itemMenu)))
+ return item;
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void wxMenuBar::SetHelpString (int Id, const wxString& helpString)
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < m_menuCount; i++)
+ {
+ if (m_menus[i]->FindItemForId (Id))
+ {
+ m_menus[i]->SetHelpString (Id, helpString);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+wxString wxMenuBar::GetHelpString (int Id) const
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < m_menuCount; i++)
+ {
+ if (m_menus[i]->FindItemForId (Id))
+ return wxString(m_menus[i]->GetHelpString (Id));
+ }
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: menuitem.cpp
+// Purpose: wxMenuItem implementation
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// ============================================================================
+// headers & declarations
+// ============================================================================
+
+#include "wx/menu.h"
+#include "wx/menuitem.h"
+
+// ============================================================================
+// implementation
+// ============================================================================
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// dynamic classes implementation
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuItem, wxObject)
+#endif //USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxMenuItem
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ctor & dtor
+// -----------
+
+wxMenuItem::wxMenuItem(wxMenu *pParentMenu, int id,
+ const wxString& strName, const wxString& strHelp,
+ bool bCheckable,
+ wxMenu *pSubMenu) :
+ m_bCheckable(bCheckable),
+ m_strName(strName),
+ m_strHelp(strHelp)
+{
+ wxASSERT( pParentMenu != NULL );
+
+ m_pParentMenu = pParentMenu;
+ m_pSubMenu = pSubMenu;
+ m_idItem = id;
+ m_bEnabled = TRUE;
+}
+
+wxMenuItem::~wxMenuItem()
+{
+}
+
+// misc
+// ----
+
+// delete the sub menu
+void wxMenuItem::DeleteSubMenu()
+{
+ wxASSERT( m_pSubMenu != NULL );
+
+ delete m_pSubMenu;
+ m_pSubMenu = NULL;
+}
+
+// change item state
+// -----------------
+
+void wxMenuItem::Enable(bool bDoEnable)
+{
+ if ( m_bEnabled != bDoEnable ) {
+ if ( m_pSubMenu == NULL ) { // normal menu item
+ // TODO
+ }
+ else // submenu
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+
+ m_bEnabled = bDoEnable;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxMenuItem::Check(bool bDoCheck)
+{
+ wxCHECK_RET( IsCheckable(), "only checkable items may be checked" );
+
+ if ( m_bChecked != bDoCheck ) {
+ // TODO
+ m_bChecked = bDoCheck;
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: metafile.cpp
+// Purpose: wxMetaFile, wxMetaFileDC etc. These classes are optional.
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 04/01/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "metafile.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/object.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+#include "wx/dc.h"
+#include "wx/stubs/metafile.h"
+#include "wx/clipbrd.h"
+
+extern bool wxClipboardIsOpen;
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetaFile, wxObject)
+IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxMetaFileDC, wxDC)
+#endif
+
+wxMetaFile::wxMetaFile(const wxString& file)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxMetaFile::~wxMetaFile()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+bool wxMetaFile::SetClipboard(int width, int height)
+{
+ bool alreadyOpen=wxClipboardOpen();
+ if (!alreadyOpen)
+ {
+ wxOpenClipboard();
+ if (!wxEmptyClipboard()) return FALSE;
+ }
+ bool success = wxSetClipboardData(wxDF_METAFILE,this, width,height);
+ if (!alreadyOpen) wxCloseClipboard();
+ return (bool) success;
+}
+
+bool wxMetaFile::Play(wxDC *dc)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return false;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Metafile device context
+ *
+ */
+
+// Original constructor that does not takes origin and extent. If you use this,
+// *DO* give origin/extent arguments to wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable.
+wxMetaFileDC::wxMetaFileDC(const wxString& file)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// New constructor that takes origin and extent. If you use this, don't
+// give origin/extent arguments to wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable.
+wxMetaFileDC::wxMetaFileDC(const wxString& file, int xext, int yext, int xorg, int yorg)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxMetaFileDC::~wxMetaFileDC()
+{
+}
+
+void wxMetaFileDC::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, float *x, float *y,
+ float *descent, float *externalLeading, wxFont *theFont, bool use16bit)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxMetaFile *wxMetaFileDC::Close()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void wxMetaFileDC::SetMapMode(int mode)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+struct RECT32
+{
+ short left;
+ short top;
+ short right;
+ short bottom;
+};
+
+struct mfPLACEABLEHEADER {
+ DWORD key;
+ short hmf;
+ RECT32 bbox;
+ WORD inch;
+ DWORD reserved;
+ WORD checksum;
+};
+#else
+struct mfPLACEABLEHEADER {
+ DWORD key;
+ HANDLE hmf;
+ RECT bbox;
+ WORD inch;
+ DWORD reserved;
+ WORD checksum;
+};
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Pass filename of existing non-placeable metafile, and bounding box.
+ * Adds a placeable metafile header, sets the mapping mode to anisotropic,
+ * and sets the window origin and extent to mimic the MM_TEXT mapping mode.
+ *
+ */
+
+bool wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, float scale)
+{
+ return wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable(filename, 0, 0, 0, 0, scale, FALSE);
+}
+
+bool wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, float scale, bool useOriginAndExtent)
+{
+ // I'm not sure if this is the correct way of suggesting a scale
+ // to the client application, but it's the only way I can find.
+ int unitsPerInch = (int)(576/scale);
+
+ mfPLACEABLEHEADER header;
+ header.key = 0x9AC6CDD7L;
+ header.hmf = 0;
+ header.bbox.left = (int)(x1);
+ header.bbox.top = (int)(y1);
+ header.bbox.right = (int)(x2);
+ header.bbox.bottom = (int)(y2);
+ header.inch = unitsPerInch;
+ header.reserved = 0;
+
+ // Calculate checksum
+ WORD *p;
+ mfPLACEABLEHEADER *pMFHead = &header;
+ for (p =(WORD *)pMFHead,pMFHead -> checksum = 0;
+ p < (WORD *)&pMFHead ->checksum; ++p)
+ pMFHead ->checksum ^= *p;
+
+ FILE *fd = fopen((char *)(const char *)filename, "rb");
+ if (!fd) return FALSE;
+
+ char tempFileBuf[256];
+ wxGetTempFileName("mf", tempFileBuf);
+ FILE *fHandle = fopen(tempFileBuf, "wb");
+ if (!fHandle)
+ return FALSE;
+ fwrite((void *)&header, sizeof(unsigned char), sizeof(mfPLACEABLEHEADER), fHandle);
+
+ // Calculate origin and extent
+ int originX = x1;
+ int originY = y1;
+ int extentX = x2 - x1;
+ int extentY = (y2 - y1);
+
+ // Read metafile header and write
+ METAHEADER metaHeader;
+ fread((void *)&metaHeader, sizeof(unsigned char), sizeof(metaHeader), fd);
+
+ if (useOriginAndExtent)
+ metaHeader.mtSize += 15;
+ else
+ metaHeader.mtSize += 5;
+
+ fwrite((void *)&metaHeader, sizeof(unsigned char), sizeof(metaHeader), fHandle);
+
+ // Write SetMapMode, SetWindowOrigin and SetWindowExt records
+ char modeBuffer[8];
+ char originBuffer[10];
+ char extentBuffer[10];
+ METARECORD *modeRecord = (METARECORD *)&modeBuffer;
+
+ METARECORD *originRecord = (METARECORD *)&originBuffer;
+ METARECORD *extentRecord = (METARECORD *)&extentBuffer;
+
+ modeRecord->rdSize = 4;
+ modeRecord->rdFunction = META_SETMAPMODE;
+ modeRecord->rdParm[0] = MM_ANISOTROPIC;
+
+ originRecord->rdSize = 5;
+ originRecord->rdFunction = META_SETWINDOWORG;
+ originRecord->rdParm[0] = originY;
+ originRecord->rdParm[1] = originX;
+
+ extentRecord->rdSize = 5;
+ extentRecord->rdFunction = META_SETWINDOWEXT;
+ extentRecord->rdParm[0] = extentY;
+ extentRecord->rdParm[1] = extentX;
+
+ fwrite((void *)modeBuffer, sizeof(char), 8, fHandle);
+
+ if (useOriginAndExtent)
+ {
+ fwrite((void *)originBuffer, sizeof(char), 10, fHandle);
+ fwrite((void *)extentBuffer, sizeof(char), 10, fHandle);
+ }
+
+ int ch = -2;
+ while (ch != EOF)
+ {
+ ch = getc(fd);
+ if (ch != EOF)
+ {
+ putc(ch, fHandle);
+ }
+ }
+ fclose(fHandle);
+ fclose(fd);
+ wxRemoveFile(filename);
+ wxCopyFile(tempFileBuf, filename);
+ wxRemoveFile(tempFileBuf);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+#endif
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: minifram.cpp
+// Purpose: wxMiniFrame. Optional; identical to wxFrame if not supported.
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "minifram.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/minifram.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMiniFrame, wxFrame)
+#endif
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: msgdlg.cpp
+// Purpose: wxMessageDialog
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 04/01/98
+// RCS-ID: $$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "msgdlg.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/stubs/msgdlg.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxMessageDialog, wxDialog)
+#endif
+
+wxMessageDialog::wxMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message, const wxString& caption,
+ long style, const wxPoint& pos)
+{
+ m_caption = caption;
+ m_message = message;
+ m_dialogStyle = style;
+ m_parent = parent;
+}
+
+int wxMessageDialog::ShowModal()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxID_CANCEL;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: notebook.cpp
+// Purpose: implementation of wxNotebook
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// ============================================================================
+// declarations
+// ============================================================================
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "notebook.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <wx/string.h>
+#include <wx/log.h>
+#include <wx/imaglist.h>
+#include <wx/notebook.h>
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// macros
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// check that the page index is valid
+#define IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) (((nPage) >= 0) && ((nPage) < GetPageCount()))
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// event table
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARIES
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxNotebook, wxControl)
+ EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(-1, wxNotebook::OnSelChange)
+
+ EVT_SIZE(wxNotebook::OnSize)
+ EVT_SET_FOCUS(wxNotebook::OnSetFocus)
+ EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY(wxNotebook::OnNavigationKey)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebook, wxControl)
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebookEvent, wxCommandEvent)
+#endif
+
+// ============================================================================
+// implementation
+// ============================================================================
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxNotebook construction
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// common part of all ctors
+void wxNotebook::Init()
+{
+ m_pImageList = NULL;
+ m_nSelection = -1;
+}
+
+// default for dynamic class
+wxNotebook::wxNotebook()
+{
+ Init();
+}
+
+// the same arguments as for wxControl
+wxNotebook::wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ Init();
+
+ Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
+}
+
+// Create() function
+bool wxNotebook::Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ // base init
+ SetName(name);
+ SetParent(parent);
+
+ m_windowId = id == -1 ? NewControlId() : id;
+
+ // style
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ if ( parent != NULL )
+ parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ // TODO
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// dtor
+wxNotebook::~wxNotebook()
+{
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxNotebook accessors
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+int wxNotebook::GetPageCount() const
+{
+ return m_aPages.Count();
+}
+
+int wxNotebook::GetRowCount() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxNotebook::SetSelection(int nPage)
+{
+ wxASSERT( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) );
+
+ ChangePage(m_nSelection, nPage);
+
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxNotebook::AdvanceSelection(bool bForward)
+{
+ int nSel = GetSelection();
+ int nMax = GetPageCount() - 1;
+ if ( bForward )
+ SetSelection(nSel == nMax ? 0 : nSel + 1);
+ else
+ SetSelection(nSel == 0 ? nMax : nSel - 1);
+}
+
+bool wxNotebook::SetPageText(int nPage, const wxString& strText)
+{
+ wxASSERT( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) );
+
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+wxString wxNotebook::GetPageText(int nPage) const
+{
+ wxASSERT( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) );
+
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+int wxNotebook::GetPageImage(int nPage) const
+{
+ wxASSERT( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) );
+
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+bool wxNotebook::SetPageImage(int nPage, int nImage)
+{
+ wxASSERT( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) );
+
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxNotebook::SetImageList(wxImageList* imageList)
+{
+ m_pImageList = imageList;
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxNotebook operations
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// remove one page from the notebook
+bool wxNotebook::DeletePage(int nPage)
+{
+ wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage), FALSE );
+
+ // TODO: delete native widget page
+
+ delete m_aPages[nPage];
+ m_aPages.Remove(nPage);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+// remove all pages
+bool wxNotebook::DeleteAllPages()
+{
+ // TODO: delete native widget pages
+
+ int nPageCount = GetPageCount();
+ int nPage;
+ for ( nPage = 0; nPage < nPageCount; nPage++ )
+ delete m_aPages[nPage];
+
+ m_aPages.Clear();
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+// add a page to the notebook
+bool wxNotebook::AddPage(wxNotebookPage *pPage,
+ const wxString& strText,
+ bool bSelect,
+ int imageId)
+{
+ return InsertPage(GetPageCount(), pPage, strText, bSelect, imageId);
+}
+
+// same as AddPage() but does it at given position
+bool wxNotebook::InsertPage(int nPage,
+ wxNotebookPage *pPage,
+ const wxString& strText,
+ bool bSelect,
+ int imageId)
+{
+ wxASSERT( pPage != NULL );
+ wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) || nPage == GetPageCount(), FALSE );
+
+ // TODO: insert native widget page
+
+ // save the pointer to the page
+ m_aPages.Insert(pPage, nPage);
+
+ // some page must be selected: either this one or the first one if there is
+ // still no selection
+ if ( bSelect )
+ m_nSelection = nPage;
+ else if ( m_nSelection == -1 )
+ m_nSelection = 0;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxNotebook callbacks
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// @@@ OnSize() is used for setting the font when it's called for the first
+// time because doing it in ::Create() doesn't work (for unknown reasons)
+void wxNotebook::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event)
+{
+ static bool s_bFirstTime = TRUE;
+ if ( s_bFirstTime ) {
+ // TODO: any first-time-size processing.
+ s_bFirstTime = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // TODO: all this may or may not be necessary for your platform
+
+ // emulate page change (it's esp. important to do it first time because
+ // otherwise our page would stay invisible)
+ int nSel = m_nSelection;
+ m_nSelection = -1;
+ SetSelection(nSel);
+
+ // fit the notebook page to the tab control's display area
+ int w, h;
+ GetSize(&w, &h);
+
+ unsigned int nCount = m_aPages.Count();
+ for ( unsigned int nPage = 0; nPage < nCount; nPage++ ) {
+ wxNotebookPage *pPage = m_aPages[nPage];
+ pPage->SetSize(0, 0, w, h);
+ if ( pPage->GetAutoLayout() )
+ pPage->Layout();
+ }
+
+ // Processing continues to next OnSize
+ event.Skip();
+}
+
+void wxNotebook::OnSelChange(wxNotebookEvent& event)
+{
+ // is it our tab control?
+ if ( event.GetEventObject() == this )
+ ChangePage(event.GetOldSelection(), event.GetSelection());
+
+ // we want to give others a chance to process this message as well
+ event.Skip();
+}
+
+void wxNotebook::OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
+{
+ // set focus to the currently selected page if any
+ if ( m_nSelection != -1 )
+ m_aPages[m_nSelection]->SetFocus();
+
+ event.Skip();
+}
+
+void wxNotebook::OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event)
+{
+ if ( event.IsWindowChange() ) {
+ // change pages
+ AdvanceSelection(event.GetDirection());
+ }
+ else {
+ // pass to the parent
+ if ( GetParent() ) {
+ event.SetCurrentFocus(this);
+ GetParent()->ProcessEvent(event);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxNotebook base class virtuals
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// override these 2 functions to do nothing: everything is done in OnSize
+
+void wxNotebook::SetConstraintSizes(bool /* recurse */)
+{
+ // don't set the sizes of the pages - their correct size is not yet known
+ wxControl::SetConstraintSizes(FALSE);
+}
+
+bool wxNotebook::DoPhase(int /* nPhase */)
+{
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void wxNotebook::Command(wxCommandEvent& event)
+{
+ wxFAIL_MSG("wxNotebook::Command not implemented");
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxNotebook helper functions
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// hide the currently active panel and show the new one
+void wxNotebook::ChangePage(int nOldSel, int nSel)
+{
+ wxASSERT( nOldSel != nSel ); // impossible
+
+ if ( nOldSel != -1 ) {
+ m_aPages[nOldSel]->Show(FALSE);
+ }
+
+ wxNotebookPage *pPage = m_aPages[nSel];
+ pPage->Show(TRUE);
+ pPage->SetFocus();
+
+ m_nSelection = nSel;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: palette.cpp
+// Purpose: wxPalette
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "palette.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/palette.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARIES
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette, wxGDIObject)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Palette
+ *
+ */
+
+wxPaletteRefData::wxPaletteRefData()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxPaletteRefData::~wxPaletteRefData()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxPalette::wxPalette()
+{
+}
+
+wxPalette::wxPalette(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue)
+{
+ Create(n, red, green, blue);
+}
+
+wxPalette::~wxPalette()
+{
+}
+
+bool wxPalette::Create(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue)
+{
+ UnRef();
+
+ m_refData = new wxPaletteRefData;
+
+ // TODO
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+int wxPalette::GetPixel(const unsigned char red, const unsigned char green, const unsigned char blue) const
+{
+ if ( !m_refData )
+ return FALSE;
+
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxPalette::GetRGB(int index, unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue) const
+{
+ if ( !m_refData )
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (index < 0 || index > 255)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: pen.cpp
+// Purpose: wxPen
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "pen.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+#include "wx/pen.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARIES
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPen, wxGDIObject)
+#endif
+
+wxPenRefData::wxPenRefData()
+{
+ m_style = wxSOLID;
+ m_width = 1;
+ m_join = wxJOIN_ROUND ;
+ m_cap = wxCAP_ROUND ;
+ m_nbDash = 0 ;
+ m_dash = 0 ;
+/* TODO: null data
+ m_hPen = 0;
+*/
+}
+
+wxPenRefData::wxPenRefData(const wxPenRefData& data)
+{
+ m_style = data.m_style;
+ m_width = data.m_width;
+ m_join = data.m_join;
+ m_cap = data.m_cap;
+ m_nbDash = data.m_nbDash;
+ m_dash = data.m_dash;
+ m_colour = data.m_colour;
+/* TODO: null data
+ m_hPen = 0;
+*/
+}
+
+wxPenRefData::~wxPenRefData()
+{
+ // TODO: delete data
+}
+
+// Pens
+
+wxPen::wxPen()
+{
+ if ( wxThePenList )
+ wxThePenList->AddPen(this);
+}
+
+wxPen::~wxPen()
+{
+ if (wxThePenList)
+ wxThePenList->RemovePen(this);
+}
+
+// Should implement Create
+wxPen::wxPen(const wxColour& col, int Width, int Style)
+{
+ m_refData = new wxPenRefData;
+
+ M_PENDATA->m_colour = col;
+ M_PENDATA->m_width = Width;
+ M_PENDATA->m_style = Style;
+ M_PENDATA->m_join = wxJOIN_ROUND ;
+ M_PENDATA->m_cap = wxCAP_ROUND ;
+ M_PENDATA->m_nbDash = 0 ;
+ M_PENDATA->m_dash = 0 ;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+
+ if ( wxThePenList )
+ wxThePenList->AddPen(this);
+}
+
+wxPen::wxPen(const wxBitmap& stipple, int Width)
+{
+ m_refData = new wxPenRefData;
+
+ M_PENDATA->m_stipple = stipple;
+ M_PENDATA->m_width = Width;
+ M_PENDATA->m_style = wxSTIPPLE;
+ M_PENDATA->m_join = wxJOIN_ROUND ;
+ M_PENDATA->m_cap = wxCAP_ROUND ;
+ M_PENDATA->m_nbDash = 0 ;
+ M_PENDATA->m_dash = 0 ;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+
+ if ( wxThePenList )
+ wxThePenList->AddPen(this);
+}
+
+wxPen::wxPen(const wxString& col, int Width, int Style)
+{
+ m_refData = new wxPenRefData;
+
+ M_PENDATA->m_colour = col;
+ M_PENDATA->m_width = Width;
+ M_PENDATA->m_style = Style;
+ M_PENDATA->m_join = wxJOIN_ROUND ;
+ M_PENDATA->m_cap = wxCAP_ROUND ;
+ M_PENDATA->m_nbDash = 0 ;
+ M_PENDATA->m_dash = 0 ;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+
+ if ( wxThePenList )
+ wxThePenList->AddPen(this);
+}
+
+void wxPen::Unshare()
+{
+ // Don't change shared data
+ if (!m_refData)
+ {
+ m_refData = new wxPenRefData();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ wxPenRefData* ref = new wxPenRefData(*(wxPenRefData*)m_refData);
+ UnRef();
+ m_refData = ref;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxPen::SetColour(const wxColour& col)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_PENDATA->m_colour = col;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxPen::SetColour(const wxString& col)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_PENDATA->m_colour = col;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxPen::SetColour(const unsigned char r, const unsigned char g, const unsigned char b)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_PENDATA->m_colour.Set(r, g, b);
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxPen::SetWidth(int Width)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_PENDATA->m_width = Width;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxPen::SetStyle(int Style)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_PENDATA->m_style = Style;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxPen::SetStipple(const wxBitmap& Stipple)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_PENDATA->m_stipple = Stipple;
+ M_PENDATA->m_style = wxSTIPPLE;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxPen::SetDashes(int nb_dashes, const wxDash *Dash)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_PENDATA->m_nbDash = nb_dashes;
+ M_PENDATA->m_dash = (wxDash *)Dash;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxPen::SetJoin(int Join)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_PENDATA->m_join = Join;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+void wxPen::SetCap(int Cap)
+{
+ Unshare();
+
+ M_PENDATA->m_cap = Cap;
+
+ RealizeResource();
+}
+
+bool wxPen::RealizeResource()
+{
+ // TODO: create actual pen
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: print.cpp
+// Purpose: Print framework
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "print.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/stubs/print.h"
+#include "wx/stubs/printdlg.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrinter, wxPrinterBase)
+IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPrintPreview, wxPrintPreviewBase)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Printer
+ */
+
+wxPrinter::wxPrinter(wxPrintData *data):
+ wxPrinterBase(data)
+{
+}
+
+wxPrinter::~wxPrinter()
+{
+}
+
+bool wxPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt)
+{
+ // TODO. See wxPostScriptPrinter::Print for hints.
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxPrinter::PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent)
+{
+ wxPrintDialog dialog(parent, & m_printData);
+ return (dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK);
+}
+
+bool wxPrinter::Setup(wxWindow *parent)
+{
+ wxPrintDialog dialog(parent, & m_printData);
+ dialog.GetPrintData().SetSetupDialog(TRUE);
+ return (dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print preview
+ */
+
+wxPrintPreview::wxPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting, wxPrintData *data):
+ wxPrintPreviewBase(printout, printoutForPrinting, data)
+{
+ DetermineScaling();
+}
+
+wxPrintPreview::~wxPrintPreview()
+{
+}
+
+bool wxPrintPreview::Print(bool interactive)
+{
+ if (!m_printPrintout)
+ return FALSE;
+ wxPrinter printer(&m_printData);
+ return printer.Print(m_previewFrame, m_printPrintout, interactive);
+}
+
+void wxPrintPreview::DetermineScaling()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: printdlg.cpp
+// Purpose: wxPrintDialog, wxPageSetupDialog
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "printdlg.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/object.h"
+#include "wx/stubs/printdlg.h"
+#include "wx/dcprint.h"
+
+// Use generic page setup dialog: use your own native one if one exists.
+#include "wx/generic/prntdlgg.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialog, wxDialog)
+IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialog, wxDialog)
+#endif
+
+wxPrintDialog::wxPrintDialog():
+ wxDialog()
+{
+ m_dialogParent = NULL;
+ m_printerDC = NULL;
+}
+
+wxPrintDialog::wxPrintDialog(wxWindow *p, wxPrintData* data):
+ wxDialog()
+{
+ Create(p, data);
+}
+
+bool wxPrintDialog::Create(wxWindow *p, wxPrintData* data)
+{
+ m_dialogParent = p;
+ m_printerDC = NULL;
+
+ if ( data )
+ m_printData = *data;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+wxPrintDialog::~wxPrintDialog()
+{
+ if (m_printerDC)
+ delete m_printerDC;
+}
+
+int wxPrintDialog::ShowModal()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxID_CANCEL;
+}
+
+wxDC *wxPrintDialog::GetPrintDC()
+{
+ if (m_printerDC)
+ {
+ wxDC* dc = m_printerDC;
+ m_printerDC = NULL;
+ return dc;
+ }
+ else
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * wxPageSetupDialog
+ */
+
+wxPageSetupDialog::wxPageSetupDialog():
+ wxDialog()
+{
+ m_dialogParent = NULL;
+}
+
+wxPageSetupDialog::wxPageSetupDialog(wxWindow *p, wxPageSetupData *data):
+ wxDialog()
+{
+ Create(p, data);
+}
+
+bool wxPageSetupDialog::Create(wxWindow *p, wxPageSetupData *data)
+{
+ m_dialogParent = p;
+
+ if (data)
+ m_pageSetupData = (*data);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+wxPageSetupDialog::~wxPageSetupDialog()
+{
+}
+
+int wxPageSetupDialog::ShowModal()
+{
+ // Uses generic page setup dialog
+ wxGenericPageSetupDialog *genericPageSetupDialog = new wxGenericPageSetupDialog(GetParent(), & m_pageSetupData);
+ int ret = genericPageSetupDialog->ShowModal();
+ m_pageSetupData = genericPageSetupDialog->GetPageSetupData();
+ genericPageSetupDialog->Close(TRUE);
+ return ret;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: radiobox.cpp
+// Purpose: wxRadioBox
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "radiobox.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/radiobox.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBox, wxControl)
+#endif
+
+// Radio box item
+wxRadioBox::wxRadioBox()
+{
+ m_selectedButton = -1;
+ m_noItems = 0;
+ m_noRowsOrCols = 0;
+ m_majorDim = 0 ;
+}
+
+bool wxRadioBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
+ const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
+ int n, const wxString choices[],
+ int majorDim, long style,
+ const wxValidator& val, const wxString& name)
+{
+ m_selectedButton = -1;
+ m_noItems = n;
+
+ SetName(name);
+ SetValidator(val);
+
+ parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ m_windowStyle = (long&)style;
+
+ if (id == -1)
+ m_windowId = NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ m_noRowsOrCols = majorDim;
+
+ if (majorDim==0)
+ m_majorDim = n ;
+ else
+ m_majorDim = majorDim ;
+
+
+ // TODO create radiobox
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+wxRadioBox::~wxRadioBox()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxString wxRadioBox::GetLabel(int item) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+void wxRadioBox::SetLabel(int item, const wxString& label)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+int wxRadioBox::FindString(const wxString& s) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return -1;
+}
+
+void wxRadioBox::SetSelection(int n)
+{
+ if ((n < 0) || (n >= m_noItems))
+ return;
+ // TODO
+
+ m_selectedButton = n;
+}
+
+// Get single selection, for single choice list items
+int wxRadioBox::GetSelection() const
+{
+ return m_selectedButton;
+}
+
+// Find string for position
+wxString wxRadioBox::GetString(int n) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+void wxRadioBox::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxRadioBox::GetSize(int *width, int *height) const
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxRadioBox::GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxString wxRadioBox::GetLabel() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+void wxRadioBox::SetLabel(const wxString& label)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxRadioBox::SetFocus()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+bool wxRadioBox::Show(bool show)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Enable a specific button
+void wxRadioBox::Enable(int item, bool enable)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Enable all controls
+void wxRadioBox::Enable(bool enable)
+{
+ wxControl::Enable(enable);
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Show a specific button
+void wxRadioBox::Show(int item, bool show)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// For single selection items only
+wxString wxRadioBox::GetStringSelection () const
+{
+ int sel = GetSelection ();
+ if (sel > -1)
+ return this->GetString (sel);
+ else
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+bool wxRadioBox::SetStringSelection (const wxString& s)
+{
+ int sel = FindString (s);
+ if (sel > -1)
+ {
+ SetSelection (sel);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxRadioBox::Command (wxCommandEvent & event)
+{
+ SetSelection (event.m_commandInt);
+ ProcessCommand (event);
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: radiobut.cpp
+// Purpose: wxRadioButton
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "radiobut.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/radiobut.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioButton, wxControl)
+#endif
+
+bool wxRadioButton::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size, long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ SetName(name);
+ SetValidator(validator);
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ m_windowStyle = style ;
+
+ // TODO create radiobutton
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxRadioButton::SetLabel(const wxString& label)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxRadioButton::SetValue(bool value)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Get single selection, for single choice list items
+bool wxRadioButton::GetValue() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxRadioButton::Command (wxCommandEvent & event)
+{
+ SetValue ( (event.m_commandInt != 0) );
+ ProcessCommand (event);
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// File: region.cpp
+// Purpose: Region class
+// Author: Markus Holzem/Julian Smart/Julian Smart
+// Created: Fri Oct 24 10:46:34 MET 1997
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1997 Markus Holzem/Julian Smart/Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "region.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/region.h"
+#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegion, wxGDIObject)
+ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegionIterator, wxObject)
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxRegionRefData implementation
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegionRefData : public wxGDIRefData {
+public:
+ wxRegionRefData()
+ {
+ }
+
+ wxRegionRefData(const wxRegionRefData& data)
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+
+ ~wxRegionRefData()
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+};
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxRegion
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*!
+ * Create an empty region.
+ */
+wxRegion::wxRegion()
+{
+ m_refData = new wxRegionRefData;
+ // TODO create empty region
+}
+
+wxRegion::wxRegion(long x, long y, long w, long h)
+{
+ m_refData = new wxRegionRefData;
+ // TODO create rect region
+}
+
+wxRegion::wxRegion(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight)
+{
+ m_refData = new wxRegionRefData;
+ // TODO create rect region
+}
+
+wxRegion::wxRegion(const wxRect& rect)
+{
+ m_refData = new wxRegionRefData;
+ // TODO create rect region
+}
+
+/*!
+ * Destroy the region.
+ */
+wxRegion::~wxRegion()
+{
+ // m_refData unrefed in ~wxObject
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//# Modify region
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//! Clear current region
+void wxRegion::Clear()
+{
+ UnRef();
+}
+
+//! Combine rectangle (x, y, w, h) with this.
+bool wxRegion::Combine(long x, long y, long width, long height, wxRegionOp op)
+{
+ // Don't change shared data
+ if (!m_refData) {
+ m_refData = new wxRegionRefData();
+ } else if (m_refData->GetRefCount() > 1) {
+ wxRegionRefData* ref = (wxRegionRefData*)m_refData;
+ UnRef();
+ m_refData = new wxRegionRefData(*ref);
+ }
+ // If ref count is 1, that means it's 'ours' anyway so no action.
+
+ // TODO create rect region
+
+ int mode = 0; // TODO platform-specific code
+ switch (op)
+ {
+ case wxRGN_AND:
+ // TODO
+ break ;
+ case wxRGN_OR:
+ // TODO
+ break ;
+ case wxRGN_XOR:
+ // TODO
+ break ;
+ case wxRGN_DIFF:
+ // TODO
+ break ;
+ case wxRGN_COPY:
+ default:
+ // TODO
+ break ;
+ }
+
+ // TODO do combine region
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+//! Union /e region with this.
+bool wxRegion::Combine(const wxRegion& region, wxRegionOp op)
+{
+ if (region.Empty())
+ return FALSE;
+
+ // Don't change shared data
+ if (!m_refData) {
+ m_refData = new wxRegionRefData();
+ } else if (m_refData->GetRefCount() > 1) {
+ wxRegionRefData* ref = (wxRegionRefData*)m_refData;
+ UnRef();
+ m_refData = new wxRegionRefData(*ref);
+ }
+
+ int mode = 0; // TODO platform-specific code
+ switch (op)
+ {
+ case wxRGN_AND:
+ // TODO
+ break ;
+ case wxRGN_OR:
+ // TODO
+ break ;
+ case wxRGN_XOR:
+ // TODO
+ break ;
+ case wxRGN_DIFF:
+ // TODO
+ break ;
+ case wxRGN_COPY:
+ default:
+ // TODO
+ break ;
+ }
+
+ // TODO combine region
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxRegion::Combine(const wxRect& rect, wxRegionOp op)
+{
+ return Combine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), rect.GetWidth(), rect.GetHeight(), op);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//# Information on region
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Outer bounds of region
+void wxRegion::GetBox(long& x, long& y, long&w, long &h) const
+{
+ if (m_refData) {
+ // TODO get box
+ } else {
+ x = y = w = h = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+wxRect wxRegion::GetBox() const
+{
+ long x, y, w, h;
+ GetBox(x, y, w, h);
+ return wxRect(x, y, w, h);
+}
+
+// Is region empty?
+bool wxRegion::Empty() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//# Tests
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Does the region contain the point (x,y)?
+wxRegionContain wxRegion::Contains(long x, long y) const
+{
+ if (!m_refData)
+ return wxOutRegion;
+
+ // TODO. Return wxInRegion if within region.
+ if (0)
+ return wxInRegion;
+ return wxOutRegion;
+}
+
+// Does the region contain the point pt?
+wxRegionContain wxRegion::Contains(const wxPoint& pt) const
+{
+ if (!m_refData)
+ return wxOutRegion;
+
+ // TODO. Return wxInRegion if within region.
+ if (0)
+ return wxInRegion;
+ else
+ return wxOutRegion;
+}
+
+// Does the region contain the rectangle (x, y, w, h)?
+wxRegionContain wxRegion::Contains(long x, long y, long w, long h) const
+{
+ if (!m_refData)
+ return wxOutRegion;
+
+ // TODO. Return wxInRegion if within region.
+ if (0)
+ return wxInRegion;
+ else
+ return wxOutRegion;
+}
+
+// Does the region contain the rectangle rect
+wxRegionContain wxRegion::Contains(const wxRect& rect) const
+{
+ if (!m_refData)
+ return wxOutRegion;
+
+ long x, y, w, h;
+ x = rect.x;
+ y = rect.y;
+ w = rect.GetWidth();
+ h = rect.GetHeight();
+ return Contains(x, y, w, h);
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// //
+// wxRegionIterator //
+// //
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/*!
+ * Initialize empty iterator
+ */
+wxRegionIterator::wxRegionIterator() : m_current(0), m_numRects(0), m_rects(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+wxRegionIterator::~wxRegionIterator()
+{
+ if (m_rects)
+ delete[] m_rects;
+}
+
+/*!
+ * Initialize iterator for region
+ */
+wxRegionIterator::wxRegionIterator(const wxRegion& region)
+{
+ m_rects = NULL;
+
+ Reset(region);
+}
+
+/*!
+ * Reset iterator for a new /e region.
+ */
+void wxRegionIterator::Reset(const wxRegion& region)
+{
+ m_current = 0;
+ m_region = region;
+
+ if (m_rects)
+ delete[] m_rects;
+
+ m_rects = NULL;
+
+ if (m_region.Empty())
+ m_numRects = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ // TODO create m_rects and fill with rectangles for this region
+ m_numRects = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ * Increment iterator. The rectangle returned is the one after the
+ * incrementation.
+ */
+void wxRegionIterator::operator ++ ()
+{
+ if (m_current < m_numRects)
+ ++m_current;
+}
+
+/*!
+ * Increment iterator. The rectangle returned is the one before the
+ * incrementation.
+ */
+void wxRegionIterator::operator ++ (int)
+{
+ if (m_current < m_numRects)
+ ++m_current;
+}
+
+long wxRegionIterator::GetX() const
+{
+ if (m_current < m_numRects)
+ return m_rects[m_current].x;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+long wxRegionIterator::GetY() const
+{
+ if (m_current < m_numRects)
+ return m_rects[m_current].y;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+long wxRegionIterator::GetW() const
+{
+ if (m_current < m_numRects)
+ return m_rects[m_current].width ;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+long wxRegionIterator::GetH() const
+{
+ if (m_current < m_numRects)
+ return m_rects[m_current].height;
+ return 0;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: scrolbar.cpp
+// Purpose: wxScrollBar
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "scrolbar.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/scrolbar.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollBar, wxControl)
+
+#endif
+
+// Scrollbar
+bool wxScrollBar::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size, long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ if (!parent)
+ return FALSE;
+ parent->AddChild(this);
+ SetName(name);
+ SetValidator(validator);
+
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ // TODO create scrollbar
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+wxScrollBar::~wxScrollBar()
+{
+}
+
+void wxScrollBar::SetPosition(int viewStart)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+int wxScrollBar::GetPosition() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxScrollBar::SetScrollbar(int position, int thumbSize, int range, int pageSize,
+ bool refresh)
+{
+ m_viewSize = pageSize;
+ m_pageSize = thumbSize;
+ m_objectSize = range;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+
+void wxScrollBar::Command(wxCommandEvent& event)
+{
+ SetPosition(event.m_commandInt);
+ ProcessCommand(event);
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: settings.cpp
+// Purpose: wxSettings
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "settings.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/settings.h"
+
+wxColour wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(int index)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxColour();
+}
+
+wxFont wxSystemSettings::GetSystemFont(int index)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxFont();
+}
+
+// Get a system metric, e.g. scrollbar size
+int wxSystemSettings::GetSystemMetric(int index)
+{
+ switch ( index)
+ {
+ case wxSYS_MOUSE_BUTTONS:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_BORDER_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_BORDER_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_CURSOR_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_CURSOR_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_DCLICK_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_DCLICK_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_DRAG_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_DRAG_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_EDGE_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_EDGE_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_HSCROLL_ARROW_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_HSCROLL_ARROW_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_HTHUMB_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_ICON_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_ICON_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_ICONSPACING_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_ICONSPACING_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_WINDOWMIN_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_WINDOWMIN_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_SCREEN_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_SCREEN_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_FRAMESIZE_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_FRAMESIZE_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_SMALLICON_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_SMALLICON_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_HSCROLL_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_VSCROLL_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_VSCROLL_ARROW_X:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_VSCROLL_ARROW_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_VTHUMB_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_CAPTION_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_MENU_Y:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_NETWORK_PRESENT:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_PENWINDOWS_PRESENT:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_SHOW_SOUNDS:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ case wxSYS_SWAP_BUTTONS:
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: slider.cpp
+// Purpose: wxSlider
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "slider.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/slider.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSlider, wxControl)
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxSlider, wxControl)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+#endif
+
+
+
+// Slider
+wxSlider::wxSlider()
+{
+ m_pageSize = 1;
+ m_lineSize = 1;
+ m_rangeMax = 0;
+ m_rangeMin = 0;
+ m_tickFreq = 0;
+}
+
+bool wxSlider::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size, long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ SetName(name);
+ SetValidator(validator);
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ m_lineSize = 1;
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+ m_tickFreq = 0;
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ m_rangeMax = maxValue;
+ m_rangeMin = minValue;
+
+ m_pageSize = (int)((maxValue-minValue)/10);
+
+ // TODO create slider
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+wxSlider::~wxSlider()
+{
+}
+
+int wxSlider::GetValue() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetValue(int value)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxSlider::GetSize(int *width, int *height) const
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxSlider::GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue)
+{
+ m_rangeMin = minValue;
+ m_rangeMax = maxValue;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// For trackbars only
+void wxSlider::SetTickFreq(int n, int pos)
+{
+ // TODO
+ m_tickFreq = n;
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetPageSize(int pageSize)
+{
+ // TODO
+ m_pageSize = pageSize;
+}
+
+int wxSlider::GetPageSize() const
+{
+ return m_pageSize;
+}
+
+void wxSlider::ClearSel()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxSlider::ClearTicks()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetLineSize(int lineSize)
+{
+ m_lineSize = lineSize;
+ // TODO
+}
+
+int wxSlider::GetLineSize() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxSlider::GetSelEnd() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxSlider::GetSelStart() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetSelection(int minPos, int maxPos)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetThumbLength(int len)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+int wxSlider::GetThumbLength() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxSlider::SetTick(int tickPos)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxSlider::Command (wxCommandEvent & event)
+{
+ SetValue (event.GetInt());
+ ProcessCommand (event);
+}
+
+bool wxSlider::Show(bool show)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: spinbutt.cpp
+// Purpose: wxSpinButton
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "spinbutt.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/spinbutt.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinButton, wxControl)
+#endif
+
+wxSpinButton::wxSpinButton()
+{
+ m_min = 0;
+ m_max = 100;
+}
+
+bool wxSpinButton::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
+ long style, const wxString& name)
+{
+ SetName(name);
+
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ SetParent(parent);
+
+ m_min = 0;
+ m_max = 100;
+
+ m_windowId = (id == -1) ? NewControlId() : id;
+
+ // TODO create spin button
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+wxSpinButton::~wxSpinButton()
+{
+}
+
+// Attributes
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+int wxSpinButton::GetValue() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxSpinButton::SetValue(int val)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxSpinButton::SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal)
+{
+ m_min = minVal;
+ m_max = maxVal;
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Spin event
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinEvent, wxScrollEvent)
+
+wxSpinEvent::wxSpinEvent(wxEventType commandType, int id):
+ wxScrollEvent(commandType, id)
+{
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: statbmp.cpp
+// Purpose: wxStaticBitmap
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "statbmp.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/statbmp.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBitmap, wxControl)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * wxStaticBitmap
+ */
+
+bool wxStaticBitmap::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxBitmap& bitmap,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ m_messageBitmap = bitmap;
+ SetName(name);
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ // TODO: create static bitmap control
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxStaticBitmap::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxStaticBitmap::SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
+{
+ m_messageBitmap = bitmap;
+
+ // TODO: redraw bitmap
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: statbox.cpp
+// Purpose: wxStaticBox
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "statbox.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/statbox.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBox, wxControl)
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxStaticBox, wxControl)
+ EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxStaticBox::OnEraseBackground)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Static box
+ */
+
+bool wxStaticBox::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ SetName(name);
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ // TODO: create static box
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxStaticBox::SetLabel(const wxString& label)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxStaticBox::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: stattext.cpp
+// Purpose: wxStaticText
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 04/01/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "stattext.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/app.h"
+#include "wx/stattext.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticText, wxControl)
+#endif
+
+bool wxStaticText::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& label,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ SetName(name);
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ SetBackgroundColour(parent->GetDefaultBackgroundColour()) ;
+ SetForegroundColour(parent->GetDefaultForegroundColour()) ;
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ SetFont(* parent->GetFont());
+
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxStaticText::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxStaticText::SetLabel(const wxString& label)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: statbar.cpp
+// Purpose: native implementation of wxStatusBar (optional)
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "statusbr.h"
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "wx/stubs/statusbr.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStatusBarXX, wxStatusBar);
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxStatusBarXX, wxStatusBar)
+ EVT_SIZE(wxStatusBarXX::OnSize)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+#endif //USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+
+
+// ============================================================================
+// implementation
+// ============================================================================
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxStatusBarXX class
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+wxStatusBarXX::wxStatusBarXX()
+{
+ SetParent(NULL);
+}
+
+wxStatusBarXX::wxStatusBarXX(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, long style)
+{
+ Create(parent, id, style);
+}
+
+bool wxStatusBarXX::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, long style)
+{
+ SetParent(parent);
+
+ if (id == -1)
+ m_windowId = NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ // TODO: create status bar
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxStatusBarXX::SetFieldsCount(int nFields, const int widths[])
+{
+ wxASSERT( (nFields > 0) && (nFields < 255) );
+
+ m_nFields = nFields;
+
+ CopyFieldsWidth(widths);
+ SetFieldsWidth();
+}
+
+void wxStatusBarXX::SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths[])
+{
+ wxASSERT( n == m_nFields );
+
+ CopyFieldsWidth(widths);
+ SetFieldsWidth();
+}
+
+void wxStatusBarXX::CopyFieldsWidth(const int widths[])
+{
+ if (widths && !m_statusWidths)
+ m_statusWidths = new int[m_nFields];
+
+ if ( widths != NULL ) {
+ for ( int i = 0; i < m_nFields; i++ )
+ m_statusWidths[i] = widths[i];
+ }
+ else {
+ delete [] m_statusWidths;
+ m_statusWidths = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxStatusBarXX::SetFieldsWidth()
+{
+ int *pWidths = new int[m_nFields];
+
+ int nWindowWidth, y;
+ GetClientSize(&nWindowWidth, &y);
+
+ if ( m_statusWidths == NULL ) {
+ // default: all fields have the same width
+ int nWidth = nWindowWidth / m_nFields;
+ for ( int i = 0; i < m_nFields; i++ )
+ pWidths[i] = (i + 1) * nWidth;
+ }
+ else {
+ // -1 doesn't mean the same thing for wxWindows and Win32, recalc
+ int nTotalWidth = 0,
+ nVarCount = 0,
+ i;
+ for ( i = 0; i < m_nFields; i++ ) {
+ if ( m_statusWidths[i] == -1 )
+ nVarCount++;
+ else
+ nTotalWidth += m_statusWidths[i];
+ }
+
+ if ( nVarCount == 0 ) {
+ // wrong! at least one field must be of variable width
+ wxFAIL;
+
+ nVarCount++;
+ }
+
+ int nVarWidth = (nWindowWidth - nTotalWidth) / nVarCount;
+
+ // do fill the array
+ int nCurPos = 0;
+ for ( i = 0; i < m_nFields; i++ ) {
+ if ( m_statusWidths[i] == -1 )
+ nCurPos += nVarWidth;
+ else
+ nCurPos += m_statusWidths[i];
+ pWidths[i] = nCurPos;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // TODO: set widths
+
+ delete [] pWidths;
+}
+
+void wxStatusBarXX::SetStatusText(const wxString& strText, int nField)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxString wxStatusBarXX::GetStatusText(int nField) const
+{
+ wxASSERT( (nField > -1) && (nField < m_nFields) );
+
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+void wxStatusBarXX::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event)
+{
+ // adjust fields widths to the new size
+ SetFieldsWidth();
+}
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: tabctrl.cpp
+// Purpose: wxTabCtrl
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "tabctrl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/control.h"
+#include "wx/tabctrl.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabCtrl, wxControl)
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTabCtrl, wxControl)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+#endif
+
+wxTabCtrl::wxTabCtrl()
+{
+ m_imageList = NULL;
+}
+
+bool wxTabCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
+ long style, const wxString& name)
+{
+ m_imageList = NULL;
+
+ SetName(name);
+
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ SetParent(parent);
+
+ m_windowId = (id < 0 ? NewControlId() : id);
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ // TODO: create tab control
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+wxTabCtrl::~wxTabCtrl()
+{
+}
+
+void wxTabCtrl::Command(wxCommandEvent& event)
+{
+}
+
+// Delete all items
+bool wxTabCtrl::DeleteAllItems()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Delete an item
+bool wxTabCtrl::DeleteItem(int item)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Get the selection
+int wxTabCtrl::GetSelection() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Get the tab with the current keyboard focus
+int wxTabCtrl::GetCurFocus() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Get the associated image list
+wxImageList* wxTabCtrl::GetImageList() const
+{
+ return m_imageList;
+}
+
+// Get the number of items
+int wxTabCtrl::GetItemCount() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Get the rect corresponding to the tab
+bool wxTabCtrl::GetItemRect(int item, wxRect& wxrect) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Get the number of rows
+int wxTabCtrl::GetRowCount() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Get the item text
+wxString wxTabCtrl::GetItemText(int item) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+// Get the item image
+int wxTabCtrl::GetItemImage(int item) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Get the item data
+void* wxTabCtrl::GetItemData(int item) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+// Hit test
+int wxTabCtrl::HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long& flags)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Insert an item
+bool wxTabCtrl::InsertItem(int item, const wxString& text, int imageId, void* data)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Set the selection
+int wxTabCtrl::SetSelection(int item)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Set the image list
+void wxTabCtrl::SetImageList(wxImageList* imageList)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Set the text for an item
+bool wxTabCtrl::SetItemText(int item, const wxString& text)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Set the image for an item
+bool wxTabCtrl::SetItemImage(int item, int image)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Set the data for an item
+bool wxTabCtrl::SetItemData(int item, void* data)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Set the size for a fixed-width tab control
+void wxTabCtrl::SetItemSize(const wxSize& size)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Set the padding between tabs
+void wxTabCtrl::SetPadding(const wxSize& padding)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Tab event
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabEvent, wxCommandEvent)
+
+wxTabEvent::wxTabEvent(wxEventType commandType, int id):
+ wxCommandEvent(commandType, id)
+{
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// File: taskbar.cpp
+// Purpose: Implements wxTaskBarIcon class for manipulating icons on
+// the task bar. Optional.
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c)
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "taskbar.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <wx/taskbar.h>
+
+wxTaskBarIcon::wxTaskBarIcon()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxTaskBarIcon::~wxTaskBarIcon()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Operations
+bool wxTaskBarIcon::SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxString& tooltip)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxTaskBarIcon::RemoveIcon()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Overridables
+void wxTaskBarIcon::OnMouseMove()
+{
+}
+
+void wxTaskBarIcon::OnLButtonDown()
+{
+}
+
+void wxTaskBarIcon::OnLButtonUp()
+{
+}
+
+void wxTaskBarIcon::OnRButtonDown()
+{
+}
+
+void wxTaskBarIcon::OnRButtonUp()
+{
+}
+
+void wxTaskBarIcon::OnLButtonDClick()
+{
+}
+
+void wxTaskBarIcon::OnRButtonDClick()
+{
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: textctrl.cpp
+// Purpose: wxTextCtrl
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "textctrl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fstream.h>
+
+#include "wx/textctrl.h"
+#include "wx/settings.h"
+#include "wx/filefn.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+
+#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && !defined(__WIN32__)
+#include <alloc.h>
+#else
+#ifndef __GNUWIN32__
+#include <malloc.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextCtrl, wxControl)
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxTextCtrl, wxControl)
+ EVT_DROP_FILES(wxTextCtrl::OnDropFiles)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+#endif
+
+// Text item
+wxTextCtrl::wxTextCtrl()
+#ifndef NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
+ :streambuf()
+#endif
+{
+ m_fileName = "";
+}
+
+bool wxTextCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxString& value,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size, long style,
+ const wxValidator& validator,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ m_fileName = "";
+ SetName(name);
+ SetValidator(validator);
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+wxString wxTextCtrl::GetValue() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::SetValue(const wxString& value)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Clipboard operations
+void wxTextCtrl::Copy()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::Cut()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::Paste()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::SetEditable(bool editable)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::SetInsertionPoint(long pos)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::SetInsertionPointEnd()
+{
+ long pos = GetLastPosition();
+ SetInsertionPoint(pos);
+}
+
+long wxTextCtrl::GetInsertionPoint() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+long wxTextCtrl::GetLastPosition() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::Remove(long from, long to)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::SetSelection(long from, long to)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+bool wxTextCtrl::LoadFile(const wxString& file)
+{
+ if (!wxFileExists(file))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ m_fileName = file;
+
+ Clear();
+
+ ifstream input((char*) (const char*) file, ios::nocreate | ios::in);
+
+ if (!input.bad())
+ {
+ struct stat stat_buf;
+ if (stat(file, &stat_buf) < 0)
+ return FALSE;
+ // This may need to be a bigger buffer than the file size suggests,
+ // if it's a UNIX file. Give it an extra 1000 just in case.
+ char *tmp_buffer = (char*)malloc((size_t)(stat_buf.st_size+1+1000));
+ long no_lines = 0;
+ long pos = 0;
+ while (!input.eof() && input.peek() != EOF)
+ {
+ input.getline(wxBuffer, 500);
+ int len = strlen(wxBuffer);
+ wxBuffer[len] = 13;
+ wxBuffer[len+1] = 10;
+ wxBuffer[len+2] = 0;
+ strcpy(tmp_buffer+pos, wxBuffer);
+ pos += strlen(wxBuffer);
+ no_lines++;
+ }
+
+ // TODO add line
+
+ free(tmp_buffer);
+
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// If file is null, try saved file name first
+// Returns TRUE if succeeds.
+bool wxTextCtrl::SaveFile(const wxString& file)
+{
+ wxString theFile(file);
+ if (theFile == "")
+ theFile = m_fileName;
+ if (theFile == "")
+ return FALSE;
+ m_fileName = theFile;
+
+ ofstream output((char*) (const char*) theFile);
+ if (output.bad())
+ return FALSE;
+
+ // TODO get and save text
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::WriteText(const wxString& text)
+{
+ // TODO write text to control
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::Clear()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+bool wxTextCtrl::IsModified() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Makes 'unmodified'
+void wxTextCtrl::DiscardEdits()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+int wxTextCtrl::GetNumberOfLines() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+long wxTextCtrl::XYToPosition(long x, long y) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::ShowPosition(long pos)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+int wxTextCtrl::GetLineLength(long lineNo) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+wxString wxTextCtrl::GetLineText(long lineNo) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxString("");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Text item
+ */
+
+void wxTextCtrl::Command(wxCommandEvent & event)
+{
+ SetValue (event.GetString());
+ ProcessCommand (event);
+}
+
+void wxTextCtrl::OnDropFiles(wxDropFilesEvent& event)
+{
+ // By default, load the first file into the text window.
+ if (event.GetNumberOfFiles() > 0)
+ {
+ LoadFile(event.GetFiles()[0]);
+ }
+}
+
+// The streambuf code was partly taken from chapter 3 by Jerry Schwarz of
+// AT&T's "C++ Lanuage System Release 3.0 Library Manual" - Stein Somers
+
+//=========================================================================
+// Called then the buffer is full (gcc 2.6.3)
+// or when "endl" is output (Borland 4.5)
+//=========================================================================
+// Class declaration using multiple inheritance doesn't work properly for
+// Borland. See note in wb_text.h.
+#ifndef NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
+int wxTextCtrl::overflow(int c)
+{
+ // Make sure there is a holding area
+ if ( allocate()==EOF )
+ {
+ wxError("Streambuf allocation failed","Internal error");
+ return EOF;
+ }
+
+ // Verify that there are no characters in get area
+ if ( gptr() && gptr() < egptr() )
+ {
+ wxError("Who's trespassing my get area?","Internal error");
+ return EOF;
+ }
+
+ // Reset get area
+ setg(0,0,0);
+
+ // Make sure there is a put area
+ if ( ! pptr() )
+ {
+/* This doesn't seem to be fatal so comment out error message */
+// wxError("Put area not opened","Internal error");
+ setp( base(), base() );
+ }
+
+ // Determine how many characters have been inserted but no consumed
+ int plen = pptr() - pbase();
+
+ // Now Jerry relies on the fact that the buffer is at least 2 chars
+ // long, but the holding area "may be as small as 1" ???
+ // And we need an additional \0, so let's keep this inefficient but
+ // safe copy.
+
+ // If c!=EOF, it is a character that must also be comsumed
+ int xtra = c==EOF? 0 : 1;
+
+ // Write temporary C-string to wxTextWindow
+ {
+ char *txt = new char[plen+xtra+1];
+ memcpy(txt, pbase(), plen);
+ txt[plen] = (char)c; // append c
+ txt[plen+xtra] = '\0'; // append '\0' or overwrite c
+ // If the put area already contained \0, output will be truncated there
+ WriteText(txt);
+ delete[] txt;
+ }
+
+ // Reset put area
+ setp(pbase(), epptr());
+
+#if defined(__WATCOMC__)
+ return __NOT_EOF;
+#elif defined(zapeof) // HP-UX (all cfront based?)
+ return zapeof(c);
+#else
+ return c!=EOF ? c : 0; // this should make everybody happy
+#endif
+}
+
+//=========================================================================
+// called then "endl" is output (gcc) or then explicit sync is done (Borland)
+//=========================================================================
+int wxTextCtrl::sync()
+{
+ // Verify that there are no characters in get area
+ if ( gptr() && gptr() < egptr() )
+ {
+ wxError("Who's trespassing my get area?","Internal error");
+ return EOF;
+ }
+
+ if ( pptr() && pptr() > pbase() ) return overflow(EOF);
+
+ return 0;
+/* OLD CODE
+ int len = pptr() - pbase();
+ char *txt = new char[len+1];
+ strncpy(txt, pbase(), len);
+ txt[len] = '\0';
+ (*this) << txt;
+ setp(pbase(), epptr());
+ delete[] txt;
+ return 0;
+*/
+}
+
+//=========================================================================
+// Should not be called by a "ostream". Used by a "istream"
+//=========================================================================
+int wxTextCtrl::underflow()
+{
+ return EOF;
+}
+#endif
+
+wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrl::operator<<(const wxString& s)
+{
+ WriteText(s);
+ return *this;
+}
+
+wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrl::operator<<(float f)
+{
+ wxString str;
+ str.Printf("%.2f", f);
+ WriteText(str);
+ return *this;
+}
+
+wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrl::operator<<(double d)
+{
+ wxString str;
+ str.Printf("%.2f", d);
+ WriteText(str);
+ return *this;
+}
+
+wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrl::operator<<(int i)
+{
+ wxString str;
+ str.Printf("%d", i);
+ WriteText(str);
+ return *this;
+}
+
+wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrl::operator<<(long i)
+{
+ wxString str;
+ str.Printf("%ld", i);
+ WriteText(str);
+ return *this;
+}
+
+wxTextCtrl& wxTextCtrl::operator<<(const char c)
+{
+ char buf[2];
+
+ buf[0] = c;
+ buf[1] = 0;
+ WriteText(buf);
+ return *this;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: thread.cpp
+// Purpose: wxThread Implementation. For Unix ports, see e.g. src/gtk
+// Author: Original from Wolfram Gloger/Guilhem Lavaux
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 04/22/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Wolfram Gloger (1996, 1997); Guilhem Lavaux (1998)
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "thread.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/module.h"
+#include "wx/thread.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+
+enum thread_state {
+ STATE_IDLE = 0,
+ STATE_RUNNING,
+ STATE_CANCELED,
+ STATE_EXITED
+};
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Static variables
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+wxMutex wxMainMutex; // controls access to all GUI functions
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Windows implementation
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class wxMutexInternal {
+public:
+ // TODO: internal mutex handle
+};
+
+wxMutex::wxMutex()
+{
+ p_internal = new wxMutexInternal;
+ // TODO: create internal mutext handle
+ m_locked = 0;
+}
+
+wxMutex::~wxMutex()
+{
+ if (m_locked > 0)
+ wxDebugMsg("wxMutex warning: freeing a locked mutex (%d locks)\n", m_locked);
+ // TODO: free internal mutext handle
+}
+
+wxMutexError wxMutex::Lock()
+{
+ // TODO
+ m_locked++;
+ return MUTEX_NO_ERROR;
+}
+
+wxMutexError wxMutex::TryLock()
+{
+ // TODO
+ m_locked++;
+ return MUTEX_NO_ERROR;
+}
+
+wxMutexError wxMutex::Unlock()
+{
+ if (m_locked > 0)
+ m_locked--;
+
+ // TODO
+ return MUTEX_NO_ERROR;
+}
+
+class wxConditionInternal {
+public:
+ // TODO: internal handle
+ int waiters;
+};
+
+wxCondition::wxCondition()
+{
+ p_internal = new wxConditionInternal;
+ // TODO: create internal handle
+ p_internal->waiters = 0;
+}
+
+wxCondition::~wxCondition()
+{
+ // TODO: destroy internal handle
+}
+
+void wxCondition::Wait(wxMutex& mutex)
+{
+ mutex.Unlock();
+ p_internal->waiters++;
+ // TODO wait here
+ p_internal->waiters--;
+ mutex.Lock();
+}
+
+bool wxCondition::Wait(wxMutex& mutex, unsigned long sec,
+ unsigned long nsec)
+{
+ mutex.Unlock();
+ p_internal->waiters++;
+
+ // TODO wait here
+ p_internal->waiters--;
+ mutex.Lock();
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxCondition::Signal()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxCondition::Broadcast()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+class wxThreadInternal {
+public:
+ // TODO
+};
+
+wxThreadError wxThread::Create()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return THREAD_NO_ERROR;
+}
+
+wxThreadError wxThread::Destroy()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return THREAD_NO_ERROR;
+}
+
+wxThreadError wxThread::Pause()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return THREAD_NO_ERROR;
+}
+
+wxThreadError wxThread::Resume()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return THREAD_NO_ERROR;
+}
+
+void wxThread::Exit(void *status)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxThread::SetPriority(int prio)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+int wxThread::GetPriority() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxThread::DeferDestroy(bool on)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxThread::TestDestroy()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void *wxThread::Join()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return (void*) NULL;
+}
+
+unsigned long wxThread::GetID() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+wxThread *wxThread::GetThreadFromID(unsigned long id)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+bool wxThread::IsAlive() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxThread::IsRunning() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxThread::IsMain()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+wxThread::wxThread()
+{
+ p_internal = new wxThreadInternal();
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxThread::~wxThread()
+{
+ Destroy();
+ Join();
+ delete p_internal;
+}
+
+// The default callback just joins the thread and throws away the result.
+void wxThread::OnExit()
+{
+ Join();
+}
+
+// Automatic initialization
+class wxThreadModule : public wxModule {
+ DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxThreadModule)
+public:
+ virtual bool OnInit() {
+ /* TODO p_mainid = GetCurrentThread(); */
+ wxMainMutex.Lock();
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // Global cleanup
+ virtual void OnExit() {
+ wxMainMutex.Unlock();
+ }
+};
+
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxThreadModule, wxModule)
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: timer.cpp
+// Purpose: wxTimer implementation
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "timer.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/timer.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxTimer, wxObject)
+#endif
+
+wxTimer::wxTimer()
+{
+ m_milli = 0 ;
+ m_id = 0;
+ m_oneShot = FALSE;
+}
+
+wxTimer::~wxTimer()
+{
+ Stop();
+}
+
+bool wxTimer::Start(int milliseconds,bool mode)
+{
+ m_oneShot = mode ;
+ if (milliseconds <= 0)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ m_milli = milliseconds;
+
+ // TODO: set the timer going.
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxTimer::Stop()
+{
+ m_id = 0 ;
+ m_milli = 0 ;
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: toolbar.cpp
+// Purpose: wxToolBar
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 04/01/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "toolbar.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/wx.h"
+#include "wx/toolbar.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar, wxToolBarBase)
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxToolBar, wxToolBarBase)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+#endif
+
+wxToolBar::wxToolBar()
+{
+ m_maxWidth = -1;
+ m_maxHeight = -1;
+ m_defaultWidth = 24;
+ m_defaultHeight = 22;
+ // TODO
+}
+
+bool wxToolBar::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
+ long style, const wxString& name)
+{
+ m_maxWidth = -1;
+ m_maxHeight = -1;
+
+ m_defaultWidth = 24;
+ m_defaultHeight = 22;
+ SetName(name);
+
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ SetParent(parent);
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ // TODO create toolbar
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+wxToolBar::~wxToolBar()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+bool wxToolBar::CreateTools()
+{
+ if (m_tools.Number() == 0)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size)
+{
+ m_defaultWidth = size.x; m_defaultHeight = size.y;
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxSize wxToolBar::GetMaxSize() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxSize(0, 0);
+}
+
+// The button size is bigger than the bitmap size
+wxSize wxToolBar::GetToolSize() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return wxSize(m_defaultWidth + 8, m_defaultHeight + 7);
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::EnableTool(int toolIndex, bool enable)
+{
+ wxNode *node = m_tools.Find((long)toolIndex);
+ if (node)
+ {
+ wxToolBarTool *tool = (wxToolBarTool *)node->Data();
+ tool->m_enabled = enable;
+ // TODO enable button
+ }
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::ToggleTool(int toolIndex, bool toggle)
+{
+ wxNode *node = m_tools.Find((long)toolIndex);
+ if (node)
+ {
+ wxToolBarTool *tool = (wxToolBarTool *)node->Data();
+ if (tool->m_isToggle)
+ {
+ tool->m_toggleState = toggle;
+ // TODO: set toggle state
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void wxToolBar::ClearTools()
+{
+ // TODO
+ wxToolBarBase::ClearTools();
+}
+
+// If pushedBitmap is NULL, a reversed version of bitmap is
+// created and used as the pushed/toggled image.
+// If toggle is TRUE, the button toggles between the two states.
+
+wxToolBarTool *wxToolBar::AddTool(int index, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& pushedBitmap,
+ bool toggle, long xPos, long yPos, wxObject *clientData, const wxString& helpString1, const wxString& helpString2)
+{
+ wxToolBarTool *tool = new wxToolBarTool(index, bitmap, (wxBitmap *)NULL, toggle, xPos, yPos, helpString1, helpString2);
+ tool->m_clientData = clientData;
+
+ if (xPos > -1)
+ tool->m_x = xPos;
+ else
+ tool->m_x = m_xMargin;
+
+ if (yPos > -1)
+ tool->m_y = yPos;
+ else
+ tool->m_y = m_yMargin;
+
+ tool->SetSize(GetDefaultButtonWidth(), GetDefaultButtonHeight());
+
+ m_tools.Append((long)index, tool);
+ return tool;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: treectrl.cpp
+// Purpose: wxTreeCtrl. See also Robert's generic wxTreeCtrl.
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "treectrl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/stubs/textctrl.h"
+#include "wx/stubs/treectrl.h"
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl, wxControl)
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeItem, wxObject)
+
+#endif
+
+wxTreeCtrl::wxTreeCtrl()
+{
+ m_imageListNormal = NULL;
+ m_imageListState = NULL;
+ m_textCtrl = NULL;
+}
+
+bool wxTreeCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
+ long style, const wxValidator& validator, const wxString& name)
+{
+ SetName(name);
+ SetValidator(validator);
+
+ m_imageListNormal = NULL;
+ m_imageListState = NULL;
+ m_textCtrl = NULL;
+
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ SetParent(parent);
+
+ m_windowId = (id == -1) ? NewControlId() : id;
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ // TODO create tree control
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+wxTreeCtrl::~wxTreeCtrl()
+{
+ if (m_textCtrl)
+ {
+ delete m_textCtrl;
+ }
+}
+
+// Attributes
+int wxTreeCtrl::GetCount() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxTreeCtrl::GetIndent() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxTreeCtrl::SetIndent(int indent)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxImageList *wxTreeCtrl::GetImageList(int which) const
+{
+ if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL )
+ {
+ return m_imageListNormal;
+ }
+ else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE )
+ {
+ return m_imageListState;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void wxTreeCtrl::SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which)
+{
+ if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL )
+ {
+ m_imageListNormal = imageList;
+ }
+ else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE )
+ {
+ m_imageListState = imageList;
+ }
+ // TODO
+}
+
+long wxTreeCtrl::GetNextItem(long item, int code) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+bool wxTreeCtrl::ItemHasChildren(long item) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+long wxTreeCtrl::GetChild(long item) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+long wxTreeCtrl::GetParent(long item) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+long wxTreeCtrl::GetFirstVisibleItem() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+long wxTreeCtrl::GetNextVisibleItem(long item) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+long wxTreeCtrl::GetSelection() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+long wxTreeCtrl::GetRootItem() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+bool wxTreeCtrl::GetItem(wxTreeItem& info) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxTreeCtrl::SetItem(wxTreeItem& info)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+int wxTreeCtrl::GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const
+{
+ wxTreeItem info;
+
+ info.m_mask = wxTREE_MASK_STATE ;
+ info.m_stateMask = stateMask;
+ info.m_itemId = item;
+
+ if (!GetItem(info))
+ return 0;
+
+ return info.m_state;
+}
+
+bool wxTreeCtrl::SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask)
+{
+ wxTreeItem info;
+
+ info.m_mask = wxTREE_MASK_STATE ;
+ info.m_state = state;
+ info.m_stateMask = stateMask;
+ info.m_itemId = item;
+
+ return SetItem(info);
+}
+
+bool wxTreeCtrl::SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage)
+{
+ wxTreeItem info;
+
+ info.m_mask = wxTREE_MASK_IMAGE ;
+ info.m_image = image;
+ if ( selImage > -1)
+ {
+ info.m_selectedImage = selImage;
+ info.m_mask |= wxTREE_MASK_SELECTED_IMAGE;
+ }
+ info.m_itemId = item;
+
+ return SetItem(info);
+}
+
+wxString wxTreeCtrl::GetItemText(long item) const
+{
+ wxTreeItem info;
+
+ info.m_mask = wxTREE_MASK_TEXT ;
+ info.m_itemId = item;
+
+ if (!GetItem(info))
+ return wxString("");
+ return info.m_text;
+}
+
+void wxTreeCtrl::SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str)
+{
+ wxTreeItem info;
+
+ info.m_mask = wxTREE_MASK_TEXT ;
+ info.m_itemId = item;
+ info.m_text = str;
+
+ SetItem(info);
+}
+
+long wxTreeCtrl::GetItemData(long item) const
+{
+ wxTreeItem info;
+
+ info.m_mask = wxTREE_MASK_DATA ;
+ info.m_itemId = item;
+
+ if (!GetItem(info))
+ return 0;
+ return info.m_data;
+}
+
+bool wxTreeCtrl::SetItemData(long item, long data)
+{
+ wxTreeItem info;
+
+ info.m_mask = wxTREE_MASK_DATA ;
+ info.m_itemId = item;
+ info.m_data = data;
+
+ return SetItem(info);
+}
+
+bool wxTreeCtrl::GetItemRect(long item, wxRectangle& rect, bool textOnly) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+wxTextCtrl* wxTreeCtrl::GetEditControl() const
+{
+ return m_textCtrl;
+}
+
+// Operations
+bool wxTreeCtrl::DeleteItem(long item)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxTreeCtrl::ExpandItem(long item, int action)
+{
+ // TODO
+ switch ( action )
+ {
+ case wxTREE_EXPAND_EXPAND:
+ break;
+
+ case wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE:
+ break;
+
+ case wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE_RESET:
+ break;
+
+ case wxTREE_EXPAND_TOGGLE:
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ wxFAIL_MSG("unknown action in wxTreeCtrl::ExpandItem");
+ }
+
+ bool bOk = FALSE; // TODO expand item
+
+ // May not send messages, so emulate them
+ if ( bOk ) {
+ wxTreeEvent event(wxEVT_NULL, m_windowId);
+ event.m_item.m_itemId = item;
+ event.m_item.m_mask =
+ event.m_item.m_stateMask = 0xffff; // get all
+ GetItem(event.m_item);
+
+ bool bIsExpanded = (event.m_item.m_state & wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED) != 0;
+
+ event.m_code = action;
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+ // @@@ return values of {EXPAND|COLLAPS}ING event handler is discarded
+ event.SetEventType(bIsExpanded ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING
+ : wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING);
+ GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+ event.SetEventType(bIsExpanded ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED
+ : wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED);
+ GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+ }
+
+ return bOk;
+}
+
+long wxTreeCtrl::InsertItem(long parent, wxTreeItem& info, long insertAfter)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+long wxTreeCtrl::InsertItem(long parent, const wxString& label, int image, int selImage,
+ long insertAfter)
+{
+ wxTreeItem info;
+ info.m_text = label;
+ info.m_mask = wxTREE_MASK_TEXT;
+ if ( image > -1 )
+ {
+ info.m_mask |= wxTREE_MASK_IMAGE | wxTREE_MASK_SELECTED_IMAGE;
+ info.m_image = image;
+ if ( selImage == -1 )
+ info.m_selectedImage = image;
+ else
+ info.m_selectedImage = selImage;
+ }
+
+ return InsertItem(parent, info, insertAfter);
+}
+
+bool wxTreeCtrl::SelectItem(long item)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxTreeCtrl::ScrollTo(long item)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxTreeCtrl::DeleteAllItems()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+wxTextCtrl* wxTreeCtrl::EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+// End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit
+bool wxTreeCtrl::EndEditLabel(bool cancel)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+long wxTreeCtrl::HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+bool wxTreeCtrl::SortChildren(long item)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxTreeCtrl::EnsureVisible(long item)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Tree item structure
+wxTreeItem::wxTreeItem()
+{
+ m_mask = 0;
+ m_itemId = 0;
+ m_state = 0;
+ m_stateMask = 0;
+ m_image = -1;
+ m_selectedImage = -1;
+ m_children = 0;
+ m_data = 0;
+}
+
+// Tree event
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeEvent, wxCommandEvent)
+
+wxTreeEvent::wxTreeEvent(wxEventType commandType, int id):
+ wxCommandEvent(commandType, id)
+{
+ m_code = 0;
+ m_oldItem = 0;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: utils.cpp
+// Purpose: Various utilities
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+// Note: this is done in utilscmn.cpp now.
+// #pragma implementation
+// #pragma implementation "utils.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+#include "wx/app.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#include <Xm/Xm.h>
+
+// Get full hostname (eg. DoDo.BSn-Germany.crg.de)
+bool wxGetHostName(char *buf, int maxSize)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Get user ID e.g. jacs
+bool wxGetUserId(char *buf, int maxSize)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Get user name e.g. Julian Smart
+bool wxGetUserName(char *buf, int maxSize)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+int wxKill(long pid, int sig)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+//
+// Execute a program in an Interactive Shell
+//
+bool wxShell(const wxString& command)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Get free memory in bytes, or -1 if cannot determine amount (e.g. on UNIX)
+long wxGetFreeMemory()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxSleep(int nSecs)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Consume all events until no more left
+void wxFlushEvents()
+{
+}
+
+// Output a debug message, in a system dependent fashion.
+void wxDebugMsg(const char *fmt ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+ static char buffer[512];
+
+ if (!wxTheApp->GetWantDebugOutput())
+ return ;
+
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+
+ // wvsprintf(buffer,fmt,ap) ;
+ // TODO: output buffer
+
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+
+// Non-fatal error: pop up message box and (possibly) continue
+void wxError(const wxString& msg, const wxString& title)
+{
+ // TODO
+ wxExit();
+}
+
+// Fatal error: pop up message box and abort
+void wxFatalError(const wxString& msg, const wxString& title)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Emit a beeeeeep
+void wxBell()
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+int wxGetOsVersion(int *majorVsn, int *minorVsn)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Reading and writing resources (eg WIN.INI, .Xdefaults)
+#if USE_RESOURCES
+bool wxWriteResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, const wxString& value, const wxString& file)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxWriteResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, float value, const wxString& file)
+{
+ char buf[50];
+ sprintf(buf, "%.4f", value);
+ return wxWriteResource(section, entry, buf, file);
+}
+
+bool wxWriteResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, long value, const wxString& file)
+{
+ char buf[50];
+ sprintf(buf, "%ld", value);
+ return wxWriteResource(section, entry, buf, file);
+}
+
+bool wxWriteResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, int value, const wxString& file)
+{
+ char buf[50];
+ sprintf(buf, "%d", value);
+ return wxWriteResource(section, entry, buf, file);
+}
+
+bool wxGetResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, char **value, const wxString& file)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxGetResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, float *value, const wxString& file)
+{
+ char *s = NULL;
+ bool succ = wxGetResource(section, entry, (char **)&s, file);
+ if (succ)
+ {
+ *value = (float)strtod(s, NULL);
+ delete[] s;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxGetResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, long *value, const wxString& file)
+{
+ char *s = NULL;
+ bool succ = wxGetResource(section, entry, (char **)&s, file);
+ if (succ)
+ {
+ *value = strtol(s, NULL, 10);
+ delete[] s;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxGetResource(const wxString& section, const wxString& entry, int *value, const wxString& file)
+{
+ char *s = NULL;
+ bool succ = wxGetResource(section, entry, (char **)&s, file);
+ if (succ)
+ {
+ *value = (int)strtol(s, NULL, 10);
+ delete[] s;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else return FALSE;
+}
+#endif // USE_RESOURCES
+
+static int wxBusyCursorCount = 0;
+
+// Set the cursor to the busy cursor for all windows
+void wxBeginBusyCursor(wxCursor *cursor)
+{
+ wxBusyCursorCount ++;
+ if (wxBusyCursorCount == 1)
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+}
+
+// Restore cursor to normal
+void wxEndBusyCursor()
+{
+ if (wxBusyCursorCount == 0)
+ return;
+
+ wxBusyCursorCount --;
+ if (wxBusyCursorCount == 0)
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+}
+
+// TRUE if we're between the above two calls
+bool wxIsBusy()
+{
+ return (wxBusyCursorCount > 0);
+}
+
+char *wxGetUserHome (const wxString& user)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+// Check whether this window wants to process messages, e.g. Stop button
+// in long calculations.
+bool wxCheckForInterrupt(wxWindow *wnd)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxGetMousePosition( int* x, int* y )
+{
+ // TODO
+};
+
+// Return TRUE if we have a colour display
+bool wxColourDisplay()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+// Returns depth of screen
+int wxDisplayDepth()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// Get size of display
+void wxDisplaySize(int *width, int *height)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+/* Configurable display in Motif */
+static WXDisplay *gs_currentDisplay = NULL;
+static wxString gs_displayName;
+
+WXDisplay *wxGetDisplay()
+{
+ if (gs_currentDisplay)
+ return gs_currentDisplay;
+
+ return XtDisplay ((Widget) wxTheApp->GetTopLevelWidget());
+}
+
+bool wxSetDisplay(const wxString& display_name)
+{
+ gs_displayName = display_name;
+
+ if (display_name.IsNull() || display_name.IsEmpty())
+ {
+ gs_currentDisplay = NULL;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Cardinal argc = 0;
+
+ Display *display = XtOpenDisplay((XtAppContext) wxTheApp->GetAppContext(),
+ (const char*) display_name,
+ (const char*) wxTheApp->GetAppName(),
+ (const char*) wxTheApp->GetClassName(),
+ NULL,
+# if XtSpecificationRelease < 5
+ 0, &argc, NULL);
+# else
+ 0, (int *)&argc, NULL);
+# endif
+
+ if (display)
+ {
+ gs_currentDisplay = (WXDisplay*) display;
+ return TRUE;
+ } else
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+wxString wxGetDisplayName()
+{
+ return gs_displayName;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: utilsexec.cpp
+// Purpose: Execution-related utilities
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+#include "wx/app.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef VMS
+/*steve*/
+#ifdef __HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES
+#undefine __HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES
+#endif
+#include <socket.h>
+#ifdef VAX
+/*because 'noshare' is not valid in vax C++*/
+#define CC$VAXCSHR 1
+#endif
+#include <unixlib.h>
+#define unlink DELETE
+
+#else
+
+#if defined(_AIX) || defined(__xlC__)
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <sys/select.h>
+#else
+#ifndef DG
+#include <sys/syscall.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <Xm/Xm.h>
+
+#define wxEXECUTE_WIN_MESSAGE 10000
+
+void xt_notify_end_process(XtPointer client, int *fid,
+ XtInputId *id)
+{
+ Bool *flag = (Bool *) client;
+ *flag = TRUE;
+
+ XtRemoveInput(*id);
+}
+
+long wxExecute(char **argv, bool sync, wxProcess *WXUNUSED(handler))
+{
+#ifdef VMS
+ return(0);
+#else
+ if (*argv == NULL)
+ return 0; // Nothing???
+
+ int proc_link[2];
+ if (pipe(proc_link))
+ return 0;
+
+ /* fork the process */
+#if defined(sun) || defined(__ultrix) || defined(__bsdi__)
+ pid_t pid = vfork ();
+#else
+ pid_t pid = fork ();
+#endif
+
+ if (pid == -1)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else if (pid == 0)
+ {
+/* GUILHEM: Close all fds when sync == 0 */
+ if (sync == 0)
+ for (int fd=0;fd<FD_SETSIZE;fd++) {
+ if (proc_link[1] != fd)
+ close(fd);
+ }
+ /* child */
+#ifdef _AIX
+ execvp ((const char *)*argv, (const char **)argv);
+#else
+ execvp (*argv, argv);
+#endif
+/* GUILHEM: Reopen output stream */
+// open("/dev/console", O_WRONLY);
+/* GUILHEM: End */
+ if (errno == ENOENT)
+ printf ("%s: command not found\n", *argv);
+ else
+ perror (*argv);
+ printf ("wxWindows: could not execute '%s'\n", *argv);
+ _exit (-1);
+ }
+
+ int end_process = 0;
+
+ close(proc_link[1]);
+ XtAppAddInput((XtAppContext) wxTheApp->GetAppContext(), proc_link[0],
+ (XtPointer *) XtInputReadMask,
+ (XtInputCallbackProc) xt_notify_end_process,
+ (XtPointer) &end_process);
+
+ if (sync) {
+ while (!end_process)
+ XtAppProcessEvent((XtAppContext) wxTheApp->GetAppContext(), XtIMAll);
+
+ if (WIFEXITED(end_process) != 0)
+ return WEXITSTATUS(end_process);
+ }
+
+ return pid;
+#endif
+ // end VMS
+}
+
+long wxExecute (const wxString& command, bool sync)
+{
+#ifdef VMS
+ return(0);
+#else
+ if (command.IsNull() || command == "")
+ return 0; // Nothing to do
+
+ // Run a program the recomended way under X (XView)
+ int argc = 0;
+ char *argv[127];
+ char tmp[1024];
+ const char *IFS = " \t\n";
+
+ // Build argument vector
+ strncpy (tmp, (const char*) command, sizeof (tmp) / sizeof (char) - 1);
+ tmp[sizeof (tmp) / sizeof (char) - 1] = '\0';
+ argv[argc++] = strtok (tmp, IFS);
+ while ((argv[argc++] = strtok (NULL, IFS)) != NULL)
+ /* loop */ ;
+
+ return wxExecute(argv, sync);
+#endif
+ // VMS
+}
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: wave.cpp
+// Purpose: wxWave class implementation: optional
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "wave.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/object.h"
+#include "wx/string.h"
+#include "wx/stubs/wave.h"
+
+wxWave::wxWave()
+ : m_waveLength(0), m_isResource(FALSE), m_waveData(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+wxWave::wxWave(const wxString& sFileName, bool isResource)
+ : m_waveLength(0), m_isResource(isResource), m_waveData(NULL)
+{
+ Create(sFileName, isResource);
+}
+
+
+wxWave::~wxWave()
+{
+ Free();
+}
+
+bool wxWave::Create(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource)
+{
+ Free();
+
+ // TODO
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxWave::Play(bool async, bool looped) const
+{
+ if (!IsOk())
+ return FALSE;
+
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool wxWave::Free()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Name: windows.cpp
+// Purpose: wxWindow
+// Author: Julian Smart
+// Modified by:
+// Created: 17/09/98
+// RCS-ID: $Id$
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __GNUG__
+#pragma implementation "window.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wx/setup.h"
+#include "wx/menu.h"
+#include "wx/dc.h"
+#include "wx/dcclient.h"
+#include "wx/utils.h"
+#include "wx/app.h"
+#include "wx/panel.h"
+#include "wx/layout.h"
+#include "wx/dialog.h"
+#include "wx/listbox.h"
+#include "wx/button.h"
+#include "wx/settings.h"
+#include "wx/msgdlg.h"
+#include "wx/frame.h"
+
+#include "wx/menuitem.h"
+#include "wx/log.h"
+
+#if USE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+#include "wx/dnd.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <Xm/Xm.h>
+#include "wx/motif/private.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+extern wxList wxPendingDelete;
+
+#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxEvtHandler)
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindow, wxEvtHandler)
+ EVT_CHAR(wxWindow::OnChar)
+ EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindow::OnEraseBackground)
+ EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged)
+ EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindow::OnInitDialog)
+ EVT_IDLE(wxWindow::OnIdle)
+END_EVENT_TABLE()
+
+#endif
+
+
+// Constructor
+wxWindow::wxWindow()
+{
+ // Generic
+ m_windowId = 0;
+ m_windowStyle = 0;
+ m_windowParent = NULL;
+ m_windowEventHandler = this;
+ m_windowName = "";
+ m_windowCursor = *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR;
+ m_children = new wxList;
+ m_constraints = NULL;
+ m_constraintsInvolvedIn = NULL;
+ m_windowSizer = NULL;
+ m_sizerParent = NULL;
+ m_autoLayout = FALSE;
+ m_windowValidator = NULL;
+ m_defaultItem = NULL;
+ m_returnCode = 0;
+ m_caretWidth = 0; m_caretHeight = 0;
+ m_caretEnabled = FALSE;
+ m_caretShown = FALSE;
+ m_backgroundColour = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW) ; ;
+ m_foregroundColour = *wxBLACK;
+ m_defaultForegroundColour = *wxBLACK ;
+ m_defaultBackgroundColour = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE) ;
+
+#if USE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+ m_pDropTarget = NULL;
+#endif
+
+ /// MOTIF-specific
+ m_mainWidget = (WXWidget) 0;
+ m_button1Pressed = FALSE;
+ m_button2Pressed = FALSE;
+ m_button3Pressed = FALSE;
+ m_winCaptured = FALSE;
+ m_isShown = TRUE;
+}
+
+// Destructor
+wxWindow::~wxWindow()
+{
+ // Have to delete constraints/sizer FIRST otherwise
+ // sizers may try to look at deleted windows as they
+ // delete themselves.
+#if USE_CONSTRAINTS
+ DeleteRelatedConstraints();
+ if (m_constraints)
+ {
+ // This removes any dangling pointers to this window
+ // in other windows' constraintsInvolvedIn lists.
+ UnsetConstraints(m_constraints);
+ delete m_constraints;
+ m_constraints = NULL;
+ }
+ if (m_windowSizer)
+ {
+ delete m_windowSizer;
+ m_windowSizer = NULL;
+ }
+ // If this is a child of a sizer, remove self from parent
+ if (m_sizerParent)
+ m_sizerParent->RemoveChild((wxWindow *)this);
+#endif
+
+ if (m_windowParent)
+ m_windowParent->RemoveChild(this);
+
+ DestroyChildren();
+
+ // Destroy the window
+ if (GetMainWidget())
+ {
+ wxDeleteWindowFromTable((Widget) GetMainWidget());
+ XtDestroyWidget((Widget) GetMainWidget());
+ SetMainWidget((WXWidget) NULL);
+ }
+
+ delete m_children;
+ m_children = NULL;
+
+ // Just in case the window has been Closed, but
+ // we're then deleting immediately: don't leave
+ // dangling pointers.
+ wxPendingDelete.DeleteObject(this);
+
+ if ( m_windowValidator )
+ delete m_windowValidator;
+}
+
+// Destroy the window (delayed, if a managed window)
+bool wxWindow::Destroy()
+{
+ delete this;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+// Constructor
+bool wxWindow::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxString& name)
+{
+ // Generic
+ m_windowId = 0;
+ m_windowStyle = 0;
+ m_windowParent = NULL;
+ m_windowEventHandler = this;
+ m_windowName = "";
+ m_windowCursor = *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR;
+ m_constraints = NULL;
+ m_constraintsInvolvedIn = NULL;
+ m_windowSizer = NULL;
+ m_sizerParent = NULL;
+ m_autoLayout = FALSE;
+ m_windowValidator = NULL;
+
+#if USE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+ m_pDropTarget = NULL;
+#endif
+
+ m_caretWidth = 0; m_caretHeight = 0;
+ m_caretEnabled = FALSE;
+ m_caretShown = FALSE;
+ m_minSizeX = -1;
+ m_minSizeY = -1;
+ m_maxSizeX = -1;
+ m_maxSizeY = -1;
+ m_defaultItem = NULL;
+ m_windowParent = NULL;
+ if (!parent)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
+
+ m_returnCode = 0;
+
+ SetName(name);
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ m_backgroundColour = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW) ; ;
+ m_foregroundColour = *wxBLACK;
+ m_defaultForegroundColour = *wxBLACK ;
+ m_defaultBackgroundColour = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE) ;
+
+ m_windowStyle = style;
+
+ if ( id == -1 )
+ m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+ else
+ m_windowId = id;
+
+ // TODO: create the window
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::SetFocus()
+{
+ XmProcessTraversal((Widget) GetMainWidget(), XmTRAVERSE_CURRENT);
+ XmProcessTraversal((Widget) GetMainWidget(), XmTRAVERSE_CURRENT);
+}
+
+void wxWindow::Enable(bool enable)
+{
+ if (GetMainWidget())
+ {
+ XtSetSensitive((Widget) GetMainWidget(), enable);
+ XmUpdateDisplay((Widget) GetMainWidget());
+ }
+}
+
+void wxWindow::CaptureMouse()
+{
+ if (m_winCaptured)
+ return;
+
+ if (GetMainWidget())
+ XtAddGrab((Widget) GetMainWidget(), TRUE, FALSE);
+
+ m_winCaptured = TRUE;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::ReleaseMouse()
+{
+ if (!m_winCaptured)
+ return;
+
+ if (GetMainWidget())
+ XtRemoveGrab((Widget) GetMainWidget());
+ m_winCaptured = FALSE;
+}
+
+// Push/pop event handler (i.e. allow a chain of event handlers
+// be searched)
+void wxWindow::PushEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler)
+{
+ handler->SetNextHandler(GetEventHandler());
+ SetEventHandler(handler);
+}
+
+wxEvtHandler *wxWindow::PopEventHandler(bool deleteHandler)
+{
+ if ( GetEventHandler() )
+ {
+ wxEvtHandler *handlerA = GetEventHandler();
+ wxEvtHandler *handlerB = handlerA->GetNextHandler();
+ handlerA->SetNextHandler(NULL);
+ SetEventHandler(handlerB);
+ if ( deleteHandler )
+ {
+ delete handlerA;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ return handlerA;
+ }
+ else
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+#if USE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+
+void wxWindow::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
+{
+ if ( m_pDropTarget != 0 ) {
+ delete m_pDropTarget;
+ }
+
+ m_pDropTarget = pDropTarget;
+ if ( m_pDropTarget != 0 )
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+// Old style file-manager drag&drop
+void wxWindow::DragAcceptFiles(bool accept)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Get total size
+void wxWindow::GetSize(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ Widget widget = (Widget) GetMainWidget();
+ Dimension xx, yy;
+ XtVaGetValues(widget, XmNwidth, &xx, XmNheight, &yy, NULL);
+ *x = xx; *y = yy;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ Widget widget = (Widget) GetMainWidget();
+ Position xx, yy;
+ XtVaGetValues(widget, XmNx, &xx, XmNy, &yy, NULL);
+ *x = xx; *y = yy;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::ScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxWindow::ClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ Widget widget = (Widget) GetMainWidget();
+ Display *display = XtDisplay(widget);
+ Window rootWindow = RootWindowOfScreen(XtScreen(widget));
+ Window thisWindow;
+ if (this->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)))
+ {
+ wxFrame *fr = (wxFrame *)this;
+ // TODO
+ // thisWindow = XtWindow(fr->m_clientArea);
+ }
+ else
+ thisWindow = XtWindow((Widget)widget);
+
+ Window childWindow;
+ int xx = *x;
+ int yy = *y;
+ XTranslateCoordinates(display, thisWindow, rootWindow, xx, yy, x, y, &childWindow);
+}
+
+void wxWindow::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
+{
+ m_windowCursor = cursor;
+ if (m_windowCursor.Ok())
+ {
+ /* TODO when wxCursor implemented
+ WXDisplay *dpy = GetXDisplay();
+ Cursor x_cursor = cursor.GetXCursor(dpy);
+
+ Widget w = (Widget) GetMainWidget();
+ Window win = XtWindow(w);
+ XDefineCursor((Display*) dpy, win, x_cursor);
+ */
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc.
+void wxWindow::GetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ Widget widget = (Widget) GetMainWidget();
+ Dimension xx, yy;
+ XtVaGetValues(widget, XmNwidth, &xx, XmNheight, &yy, NULL);
+ *x = xx; *y = yy;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ Widget widget = (Widget) GetMainWidget();
+
+ if (x > -1 || (sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE))
+ XtVaSetValues(widget, XmNx, x, NULL);
+ if (y > -1 || (sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE))
+ XtVaSetValues(widget, XmNy, y, NULL);
+ if (width > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues(widget, XmNwidth, width, NULL);
+ if (height > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues(widget, XmNheight, height, NULL);
+
+ wxSizeEvent sizeEvent(wxSize(width, height), GetId());
+ sizeEvent.SetEventObject(this);
+
+ GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(sizeEvent);
+}
+
+void wxWindow::SetClientSize(int width, int height)
+{
+ Widget widget = (Widget) GetMainWidget();
+
+ if (width > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues(widget, XmNwidth, width, NULL);
+ if (height > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues(widget, XmNheight, height, NULL);
+
+ wxSizeEvent sizeEvent(wxSize(width, height), GetId());
+ sizeEvent.SetEventObject(this);
+
+ GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(sizeEvent);
+}
+
+// For implementation purposes - sometimes decorations make the client area
+// smaller
+wxPoint wxWindow::GetClientAreaOrigin() const
+{
+ return wxPoint(0, 0);
+}
+
+// Makes an adjustment to the window position (for example, a frame that has
+// a toolbar that it manages itself).
+void wxWindow::AdjustForParentClientOrigin(int& x, int& y, int sizeFlags)
+{
+ if (((sizeFlags & wxSIZE_NO_ADJUSTMENTS) == 0) && GetParent())
+ {
+ wxPoint pt(GetParent()->GetClientAreaOrigin());
+ x += pt.x; y += pt.y;
+ }
+}
+
+bool wxWindow::Show(bool show)
+{
+ Window xwin = (Window) GetXWindow();
+ Display *xdisp = (Display*) GetXDisplay();
+ if (show)
+ XMapWindow(xdisp, xwin);
+ else
+ XUnmapWindow(xdisp, xwin);
+
+ m_isShown = show;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool wxWindow::IsShown() const
+{
+ return m_isShown;
+}
+
+int wxWindow::GetCharHeight() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxWindow::GetCharWidth() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, int *x, int *y,
+ int *descent, int *externalLeading, const wxFont *theFont, bool) const
+{
+ wxFont *fontToUse = (wxFont *)theFont;
+ if (!fontToUse)
+ fontToUse = (wxFont *) & m_windowFont;
+
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxWindow::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRectangle *rect)
+{
+ Display *display = XtDisplay((Widget) GetMainWidget());
+ Window thisWindow = XtWindow((Widget) GetMainWidget());
+
+ XExposeEvent dummyEvent;
+ int width, height;
+ GetSize(&width, &height);
+
+ dummyEvent.type = Expose;
+ dummyEvent.display = display;
+ dummyEvent.send_event = True;
+ dummyEvent.window = thisWindow;
+ if (rect)
+ {
+ dummyEvent.x = rect->x;
+ dummyEvent.y = rect->y;
+ dummyEvent.width = rect->width;
+ dummyEvent.height = rect->height;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dummyEvent.x = 0;
+ dummyEvent.y = 0;
+ dummyEvent.width = width;
+ dummyEvent.height = height;
+ }
+ dummyEvent.count = 0;
+
+ if (eraseBack)
+ {
+ wxClientDC dc(this);
+ dc.Clear();
+ }
+
+ XSendEvent(display, thisWindow, False, ExposureMask, (XEvent *)&dummyEvent);
+}
+
+// Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children.
+void wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event)
+{
+ wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
+ while ( node )
+ {
+ // Only propagate to non-top-level windows
+ wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ if ( win->GetParent() )
+ {
+ wxSysColourChangedEvent event2;
+ event.m_eventObject = win;
+ win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event2);
+ }
+
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+}
+
+// This can be called by the app (or wxWindows) to do default processing for the current
+// event. Save message/event info in wxWindow so they can be used in this function.
+long wxWindow::Default()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::InitDialog()
+{
+ wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());
+ event.SetEventObject( this );
+ GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
+
+// Default init dialog behaviour is to transfer data to window
+void wxWindow::OnInitDialog(wxInitDialogEvent& event)
+{
+ TransferDataToWindow();
+}
+
+// Caret manipulation
+void wxWindow::CreateCaret(int w, int h)
+{
+ m_caretWidth = w;
+ m_caretHeight = h;
+ m_caretEnabled = TRUE;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::CreateCaret(const wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap))
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxWindow::ShowCaret(bool show)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxWindow::DestroyCaret()
+{
+ // TODO
+ m_caretEnabled = FALSE;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::SetCaretPos(int x, int y)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxWindow::GetCaretPos(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::SetSizeHints(int minW, int minH, int maxW, int maxH, int incW, int incH)
+{
+ m_minSizeX = minW;
+ m_minSizeY = minH;
+ m_maxSizeX = maxW;
+ m_maxSizeY = maxH;
+
+ if (!this->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)))
+ return;
+
+ wxFrame *frame = (wxFrame *)this;
+
+ /* Uncomment when wxFrame implemented
+ if (minW > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) frame->m_frameShell, XmNminWidth, minW, NULL);
+ if (minH > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) frame->m_frameShell, XmNminHeight, minH, NULL);
+ if (maxW > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) frame->m_frameShell, XmNmaxWidth, maxW, NULL);
+ if (maxH > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) frame->m_frameShell, XmNmaxHeight, maxH, NULL);
+ if (incW > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) frame->m_frameShell, XmNwidthInc, incW, NULL);
+ if (incH > -1)
+ XtVaSetValues((Widget) frame->m_frameShell, XmNheightInc, incH, NULL);
+ */
+}
+
+void wxWindow::Centre(int direction)
+{
+ int x, y, width, height, panel_width, panel_height, new_x, new_y;
+
+ wxWindow *father = (wxWindow *)GetParent();
+ if (!father)
+ return;
+
+ father->GetClientSize(&panel_width, &panel_height);
+ GetSize(&width, &height);
+ GetPosition(&x, &y);
+
+ new_x = -1;
+ new_y = -1;
+
+ if (direction & wxHORIZONTAL)
+ new_x = (int)((panel_width - width)/2);
+
+ if (direction & wxVERTICAL)
+ new_y = (int)((panel_height - height)/2);
+
+ SetSize(new_x, new_y, -1, -1);
+
+}
+
+// Coordinates relative to the window
+void wxWindow::WarpPointer (int x_pos, int y_pos)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxWindow::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
+{
+ // TODO
+ Default();
+}
+
+int wxWindow::GetScrollPos(int orient) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// This now returns the whole range, not just the number
+// of positions that we can scroll.
+int wxWindow::GetScrollRange(int orient) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int wxWindow::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return;
+}
+
+// New function that will replace some of the above.
+void wxWindow::SetScrollbar(int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible,
+ int range, bool refresh)
+{
+ // TODO
+}
+
+// Does a physical scroll
+void wxWindow::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRectangle *rect)
+{
+ // TODO
+ return;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::SetFont(const wxFont& font)
+{
+ m_windowFont = font;
+
+ if (!m_windowFont.Ok())
+ return;
+ // TODO
+}
+
+void wxWindow::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
+{
+ if ( event.KeyCode() == WXK_TAB ) {
+ // propagate the TABs to the parent - it's up to it to decide what
+ // to do with it
+ if ( GetParent() ) {
+ if ( GetParent()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void wxWindow::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event)
+{
+ Default();
+}
+
+bool wxWindow::IsEnabled() const
+{
+ // TODO
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+// Dialog support: override these and call
+// base class members to add functionality
+// that can't be done using validators.
+// NOTE: these functions assume that controls
+// are direct children of this window, not grandchildren
+// or other levels of descendant.
+
+// Transfer values to controls. If returns FALSE,
+// it's an application error (pops up a dialog)
+bool wxWindow::TransferDataToWindow()
+{
+ wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
+ while ( node )
+ {
+ wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ if ( child->GetValidator() &&
+ !child->GetValidator()->TransferToWindow() )
+ {
+ wxMessageBox("Application Error", "Could not transfer data to window", wxOK|wxICON_EXCLAMATION);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+// Transfer values from controls. If returns FALSE,
+// validation failed: don't quit
+bool wxWindow::TransferDataFromWindow()
+{
+ wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
+ while ( node )
+ {
+ wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ if ( child->GetValidator() && !child->GetValidator()->TransferFromWindow() )
+ {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool wxWindow::Validate()
+{
+ wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
+ while ( node )
+ {
+ wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ if ( child->GetValidator() && /* child->GetValidator()->Ok() && */ !child->GetValidator()->Validate(this) )
+ {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+// Get the window with the focus
+wxWindow *wxWindow::FindFocus()
+{
+ // TODO
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::AddChild(wxWindow *child)
+{
+ GetChildren()->Append(child);
+ child->m_windowParent = this;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::RemoveChild(wxWindow *child)
+{
+ if (GetChildren())
+ GetChildren()->DeleteObject(child);
+ child->m_windowParent = NULL;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::DestroyChildren()
+{
+ if (GetChildren()) {
+ wxNode *node;
+ while ((node = GetChildren()->First()) != (wxNode *)NULL) {
+ wxWindow *child;
+ if ((child = (wxWindow *)node->Data()) != (wxWindow *)NULL) {
+ delete child;
+ if ( GetChildren()->Member(child) )
+ delete node;
+ }
+ } /* while */
+ }
+}
+
+void wxWindow::MakeModal(bool modal)
+{
+ // Disable all other windows
+ if (this->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)) || this->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)))
+ {
+ wxNode *node = wxTopLevelWindows.First();
+ while (node)
+ {
+ wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ if (win != this)
+ win->Enable(!modal);
+
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void wxWindow::SetConstraints(wxLayoutConstraints *c)
+{
+ if (m_constraints)
+ {
+ UnsetConstraints(m_constraints);
+ delete m_constraints;
+ }
+ m_constraints = c;
+ if (m_constraints)
+ {
+ // Make sure other windows know they're part of a 'meaningful relationship'
+ if (m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if (m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if (m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if (m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if (m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if (m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if (m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if (m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ }
+}
+
+// This removes any dangling pointers to this window
+// in other windows' constraintsInvolvedIn lists.
+void wxWindow::UnsetConstraints(wxLayoutConstraints *c)
+{
+ if (c)
+ {
+ if (c->left.GetOtherWindow() && (c->top.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ c->left.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if (c->top.GetOtherWindow() && (c->top.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ c->top.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if (c->right.GetOtherWindow() && (c->right.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ c->right.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if (c->bottom.GetOtherWindow() && (c->bottom.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ c->bottom.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if (c->width.GetOtherWindow() && (c->width.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ c->width.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if (c->height.GetOtherWindow() && (c->height.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ c->height.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if (c->centreX.GetOtherWindow() && (c->centreX.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ c->centreX.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if (c->centreY.GetOtherWindow() && (c->centreY.GetOtherWindow() != this))
+ c->centreY.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ }
+}
+
+// Back-pointer to other windows we're involved with, so if we delete
+// this window, we must delete any constraints we're involved with.
+void wxWindow::AddConstraintReference(wxWindow *otherWin)
+{
+ if (!m_constraintsInvolvedIn)
+ m_constraintsInvolvedIn = new wxList;
+ if (!m_constraintsInvolvedIn->Member(otherWin))
+ m_constraintsInvolvedIn->Append(otherWin);
+}
+
+// REMOVE back-pointer to other windows we're involved with.
+void wxWindow::RemoveConstraintReference(wxWindow *otherWin)
+{
+ if (m_constraintsInvolvedIn)
+ m_constraintsInvolvedIn->DeleteObject(otherWin);
+}
+
+// Reset any constraints that mention this window
+void wxWindow::DeleteRelatedConstraints()
+{
+ if (m_constraintsInvolvedIn)
+ {
+ wxNode *node = m_constraintsInvolvedIn->First();
+ while (node)
+ {
+ wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ wxNode *next = node->Next();
+ wxLayoutConstraints *constr = win->GetConstraints();
+
+ // Reset any constraints involving this window
+ if (constr)
+ {
+ constr->left.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
+ constr->top.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
+ constr->right.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
+ constr->bottom.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
+ constr->width.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
+ constr->height.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
+ constr->centreX.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
+ constr->centreY.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
+ }
+ delete node;
+ node = next;
+ }
+ delete m_constraintsInvolvedIn;
+ m_constraintsInvolvedIn = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+void wxWindow::SetSizer(wxSizer *sizer)
+{
+ m_windowSizer = sizer;
+ if (sizer)
+ sizer->SetSizerParent((wxWindow *)this);
+}
+
+/*
+ * New version
+ */
+
+bool wxWindow::Layout()
+{
+ if (GetConstraints())
+ {
+ int w, h;
+ GetClientSize(&w, &h);
+ GetConstraints()->width.SetValue(w);
+ GetConstraints()->height.SetValue(h);
+ }
+
+ // If top level (one sizer), evaluate the sizer's constraints.
+ if (GetSizer())
+ {
+ int noChanges;
+ GetSizer()->ResetConstraints(); // Mark all constraints as unevaluated
+ GetSizer()->LayoutPhase1(&noChanges);
+ GetSizer()->LayoutPhase2(&noChanges);
+ GetSizer()->SetConstraintSizes(); // Recursively set the real window sizes
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Otherwise, evaluate child constraints
+ ResetConstraints(); // Mark all constraints as unevaluated
+ DoPhase(1); // Just one phase need if no sizers involved
+ DoPhase(2);
+ SetConstraintSizes(); // Recursively set the real window sizes
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Do a phase of evaluating constraints:
+// the default behaviour. wxSizers may do a similar
+// thing, but also impose their own 'constraints'
+// and order the evaluation differently.
+bool wxWindow::LayoutPhase1(int *noChanges)
+{
+ wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
+ if (constr)
+ {
+ return constr->SatisfyConstraints((wxWindow *)this, noChanges);
+ }
+ else
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool wxWindow::LayoutPhase2(int *noChanges)
+{
+ *noChanges = 0;
+
+ // Layout children
+ DoPhase(1);
+ DoPhase(2);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+// Do a phase of evaluating child constraints
+bool wxWindow::DoPhase(int phase)
+{
+ int noIterations = 0;
+ int maxIterations = 500;
+ int noChanges = 1;
+ int noFailures = 0;
+ wxList succeeded;
+ while ((noChanges > 0) && (noIterations < maxIterations))
+ {
+ noChanges = 0;
+ noFailures = 0;
+ wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
+ while (node)
+ {
+ wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ if (!child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) && !child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)))
+ {
+ wxLayoutConstraints *constr = child->GetConstraints();
+ if (constr)
+ {
+ if (succeeded.Member(child))
+ {
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int tempNoChanges = 0;
+ bool success = ( (phase == 1) ? child->LayoutPhase1(&tempNoChanges) : child->LayoutPhase2(&tempNoChanges) ) ;
+ noChanges += tempNoChanges;
+ if (success)
+ {
+ succeeded.Append(child);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ noIterations ++;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::ResetConstraints()
+{
+ wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
+ if (constr)
+ {
+ constr->left.SetDone(FALSE);
+ constr->top.SetDone(FALSE);
+ constr->right.SetDone(FALSE);
+ constr->bottom.SetDone(FALSE);
+ constr->width.SetDone(FALSE);
+ constr->height.SetDone(FALSE);
+ constr->centreX.SetDone(FALSE);
+ constr->centreY.SetDone(FALSE);
+ }
+ wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
+ while (node)
+ {
+ wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ if (!win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) && !win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)))
+ win->ResetConstraints();
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+}
+
+// Need to distinguish between setting the 'fake' size for
+// windows and sizers, and setting the real values.
+void wxWindow::SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse)
+{
+ wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
+ if (constr && constr->left.GetDone() && constr->right.GetDone() &&
+ constr->width.GetDone() && constr->height.GetDone())
+ {
+ int x = constr->left.GetValue();
+ int y = constr->top.GetValue();
+ int w = constr->width.GetValue();
+ int h = constr->height.GetValue();
+
+ // If we don't want to resize this window, just move it...
+ if ((constr->width.GetRelationship() != wxAsIs) ||
+ (constr->height.GetRelationship() != wxAsIs))
+ {
+ // Calls Layout() recursively. AAAGH. How can we stop that.
+ // Simply take Layout() out of non-top level OnSizes.
+ SizerSetSize(x, y, w, h);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SizerMove(x, y);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (constr)
+ {
+ char *windowClass = this->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName();
+
+ wxString winName;
+ if (GetName() == "")
+ winName = "unnamed";
+ else
+ winName = GetName();
+ wxDebugMsg("Constraint(s) not satisfied for window of type %s, name %s:\n", (const char *)windowClass, (const char *)winName);
+ if (!constr->left.GetDone())
+ wxDebugMsg(" unsatisfied 'left' constraint.\n");
+ if (!constr->right.GetDone())
+ wxDebugMsg(" unsatisfied 'right' constraint.\n");
+ if (!constr->width.GetDone())
+ wxDebugMsg(" unsatisfied 'width' constraint.\n");
+ if (!constr->height.GetDone())
+ wxDebugMsg(" unsatisfied 'height' constraint.\n");
+ wxDebugMsg("Please check constraints: try adding AsIs() constraints.\n");
+ }
+
+ if (recurse)
+ {
+ wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
+ while (node)
+ {
+ wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ if (!win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) && !win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)))
+ win->SetConstraintSizes();
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// This assumes that all sizers are 'on' the same
+// window, i.e. the parent of this window.
+void wxWindow::TransformSizerToActual(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ if (!m_sizerParent || m_sizerParent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)) ||
+ m_sizerParent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) )
+ return;
+
+ int xp, yp;
+ m_sizerParent->GetPosition(&xp, &yp);
+ m_sizerParent->TransformSizerToActual(&xp, &yp);
+ *x += xp;
+ *y += yp;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::SizerSetSize(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+ int xx = x;
+ int yy = y;
+ TransformSizerToActual(&xx, &yy);
+ SetSize(xx, yy, w, h);
+}
+
+void wxWindow::SizerMove(int x, int y)
+{
+ int xx = x;
+ int yy = y;
+ TransformSizerToActual(&xx, &yy);
+ Move(xx, yy);
+}
+
+// Only set the size/position of the constraint (if any)
+void wxWindow::SetSizeConstraint(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+ wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
+ if (constr)
+ {
+ if (x != -1)
+ {
+ constr->left.SetValue(x);
+ constr->left.SetDone(TRUE);
+ }
+ if (y != -1)
+ {
+ constr->top.SetValue(y);
+ constr->top.SetDone(TRUE);
+ }
+ if (w != -1)
+ {
+ constr->width.SetValue(w);
+ constr->width.SetDone(TRUE);
+ }
+ if (h != -1)
+ {
+ constr->height.SetValue(h);
+ constr->height.SetDone(TRUE);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void wxWindow::MoveConstraint(int x, int y)
+{
+ wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
+ if (constr)
+ {
+ if (x != -1)
+ {
+ constr->left.SetValue(x);
+ constr->left.SetDone(TRUE);
+ }
+ if (y != -1)
+ {
+ constr->top.SetValue(y);
+ constr->top.SetDone(TRUE);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void wxWindow::GetSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const
+{
+ wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
+ if (constr)
+ {
+ *w = constr->width.GetValue();
+ *h = constr->height.GetValue();
+ }
+ else
+ GetSize(w, h);
+}
+
+void wxWindow::GetClientSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const
+{
+ wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
+ if (constr)
+ {
+ *w = constr->width.GetValue();
+ *h = constr->height.GetValue();
+ }
+ else
+ GetClientSize(w, h);
+}
+
+void wxWindow::GetPositionConstraint(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
+ if (constr)
+ {
+ *x = constr->left.GetValue();
+ *y = constr->top.GetValue();
+ }
+ else
+ GetPosition(x, y);
+}
+
+bool wxWindow::Close(bool force)
+{
+ wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, m_windowId);
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+ event.SetForce(force);
+
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
+
+wxObject* wxWindow::GetChild(int number) const
+{
+ // Return a pointer to the Nth object in the window
+ if (!GetChildren())
+ return(NULL) ;
+ wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
+ int n = number;
+ while (node && n--)
+ node = node->Next() ;
+ if (node)
+ {
+ wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)node->Data();
+ return(obj) ;
+ }
+ else
+ return NULL ;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::OnDefaultAction(wxControl *initiatingItem)
+{
+ // Obsolete function
+}
+
+void wxWindow::Clear()
+{
+ wxClientDC dc(this);
+ wxBrush brush(GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID);
+ dc.SetBackground(brush);
+ dc.Clear();
+}
+
+// Fits the panel around the items
+void wxWindow::Fit()
+{
+ int maxX = 0;
+ int maxY = 0;
+ wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
+ while ( node )
+ {
+ wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ int wx, wy, ww, wh;
+ win->GetPosition(&wx, &wy);
+ win->GetSize(&ww, &wh);
+ if ( wx + ww > maxX )
+ maxX = wx + ww;
+ if ( wy + wh > maxY )
+ maxY = wy + wh;
+
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ SetClientSize(maxX + 5, maxY + 5);
+}
+
+void wxWindow::SetValidator(const wxValidator& validator)
+{
+ if ( m_windowValidator )
+ delete m_windowValidator;
+ m_windowValidator = validator.Clone();
+
+ if ( m_windowValidator )
+ m_windowValidator->SetWindow(this) ;
+}
+
+// Find a window by id or name
+wxWindow *wxWindow::FindWindow(long id)
+{
+ if ( GetId() == id)
+ return this;
+
+ wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
+ while ( node )
+ {
+ wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ wxWindow *found = child->FindWindow(id);
+ if ( found )
+ return found;
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+wxWindow *wxWindow::FindWindow(const wxString& name)
+{
+ if ( GetName() == name)
+ return this;
+
+ wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
+ while ( node )
+ {
+ wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+ wxWindow *found = child->FindWindow(name);
+ if ( found )
+ return found;
+ node = node->Next();
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event)
+{
+/* TODO: you may need to do something like this
+ * if your GUI doesn't generate enter/leave events
+
+ // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
+ if (m_mouseInWindow)
+ {
+ POINT pt;
+ ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
+ if (::WindowFromPoint(pt) != (HWND) GetHWND())
+ {
+ // Generate a LEAVE event
+ m_mouseInWindow = FALSE;
+ MSWOnMouseLeave(pt.x, pt.y, 0);
+ }
+ }
+*/
+
+ // This calls the UI-update mechanism (querying windows for
+ // menu/toolbar/control state information)
+ UpdateWindowUI();
+}
+
+// Raise the window to the top of the Z order
+void wxWindow::Raise()
+{
+ Window window = XtWindow((Widget) GetMainWidget());
+ XRaiseWindow(XtDisplay((Widget) GetMainWidget()), window);
+}
+
+// Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order
+void wxWindow::Lower()
+{
+ Window window = XtWindow((Widget) GetMainWidget());
+ XLowerWindow(XtDisplay((Widget) GetMainWidget()), window);
+}
+
+bool wxWindow::AcceptsFocus() const
+{
+ return IsShown() && IsEnabled();
+}
+
+// Update region access
+wxRegion wxWindow::GetUpdateRegion() const
+{
+ return m_updateRegion;
+}
+
+bool wxWindow::IsExposed(int x, int y, int w, int h) const
+{
+ return (m_updateRegion.Contains(x, y, w, h) != wxOutRegion);
+}
+
+bool wxWindow::IsExposed(const wxPoint& pt) const
+{
+ return (m_updateRegion.Contains(pt) != wxOutRegion);
+}
+
+bool wxWindow::IsExposed(const wxRect& rect) const
+{
+ return (m_updateRegion.Contains(rect) != wxOutRegion);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allocates control IDs
+ */
+
+int wxWindow::NewControlId()
+{
+ static int s_controlId = 0;
+ s_controlId ++;
+ return s_controlId;
+}
+
+void wxWindow::SetAcceleratorTable(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel)
+{
+ m_acceleratorTable = accel;
+}
+
+// All widgets should have this as their resize proc.
+// OnSize sent to wxWindow via client data.
+void wxWidgetResizeProc(Widget w, XConfigureEvent *event, String args[], int *num_args)
+{
+ wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)wxWidgetHashTable->Get((long)w);
+ if (!win)
+ return;
+
+ if (win->PreResize())
+ {
+ int width, height;
+ win->GetSize(&width, &height);
+ wxSizeEvent sizeEvent(wxSize(width, height), win->GetId());
+ sizeEvent.SetEventObject(win);
+ win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(sizeEvent);
+ }
+}
+
+bool wxAddWindowToTable(Widget w, wxWindow *win)
+{
+ wxWindow *oldItem = NULL;
+#if DEBUG
+// printf("Adding widget %ld, name = %s\n", w, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName());
+#endif
+ if ((oldItem = (wxWindow *)wxWidgetHashTable->Get ((long) w)))
+ {
+ char buf[300];
+ sprintf(buf, "Widget table clash: new widget is %ld, %s", (long)w, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName());
+ wxError (buf);
+ fflush(stderr);
+ sprintf(buf, "Old widget was %s", oldItem->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName());
+ wxError (buf);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ wxWidgetHashTable->Put ((long) w, win);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromTable(Widget w)
+{
+ return (wxWindow *)wxWidgetHashTable->Get ((long) w);
+}
+
+void wxDeleteWindowFromTable(Widget w)
+{
+#if DEBUG
+// printf("Deleting widget %ld\n", w);
+#endif
+// wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)wxWidgetHashTable->Get ((long) w);
+
+ wxWidgetHashTable->Delete((long)w);
+}
+
+// Get the underlying X window and display
+WXWindow wxWindow::GetXWindow() const
+{
+ return (WXWindow) XtWindow((Widget) GetMainWidget());
+}
+
+WXDisplay *wxWindow::GetXDisplay() const
+{
+ return (WXDisplay*) XtDisplay((Widget) GetMainWidget());
+}
+
+WXWidget wxWindow::GetMainWidget() const
+{
+ return m_mainWidget;
+}
+
+
projects / wxWidgets.git / commitdiff
